Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Technical Communications Corporation

Technical Communications Corporation

tcco · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tcco
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Technical Communications Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, Massachusetts 01742 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
February 13, 2017 

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
To Be Held February 13, 2017 

To Our Stockholders: 

NOTICE  IS  HEREBY  GIVEN  that  the  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the 
“Meeting”)  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the 
“Company”),  will  be  held  at  the  offices  of  the  Company,  100  Domino  Drive,  Concord, 
Massachusetts 01742, at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on Monday, February 13, 2017, to: 

1. Elect one Class II Director to serve on the Board of Directors for a term of three years

expiring at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders;

2. Hold a stockholder advisory vote on the compensation of the Company’s named executive

officers as disclosed in the proxy statement for the Meeting;

3. Hold a stockholder advisory vote to determine the frequency of voting by stockholders on

the compensation of our named executive officers;

4. Approve  an  amendment  to  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2010  Equity
Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance
thereunder from 200,000 to 400,000 shares;

5. Ratify  the  appointment  of  Moody,  Famiglietti  and  Andronico,  LLP  as  the  independent
registered public accounting firm of the Company for the fiscal year ending September 30,
2017; and

6. Consider and act upon such other business and matters as may properly come before the

Meeting or any adjournments thereof.

The Board of Directors knows of no other matters to be presented at the Meeting.  Only
stockholders of record of the Company at the close of business on December 16, 2016 are entitled 
to notice of and to vote at the Meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

All stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Meeting.  Whether or not you expect to 
attend the Meeting, please complete, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card in the envelope 
provided at your earliest convenience.  If you return your proxy, you may nevertheless attend the 
Meeting and vote your shares in person. 

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended October 1, 2016, which contains financial statements and other information of interest to 
stockholders, accompanies this Notice and the attached Proxy Statement. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 
David A. White, Secretary 

Concord, Massachusetts 
January 9, 2017 

It is important that your shares be represented at the Meeting.  Whether or not you plan to attend 
the  Meeting,  please  promptly  complete,  sign,  date  and  mail  the  enclosed  proxy  card  in  the 
envelope provided, which requires no postage if mailed in the United States. 

-1-

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials 
for the Annual Shareholder Meeting to be Held on February 13, 2017 

This  Proxy  Statement  and  related  materials  are  available  at  the  Company’s  website  at 

https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. 

This Proxy Statement relates to the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to 
be held on Monday, February 13, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. (local time) at the Company’s offices located 
at 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

The matters to be voted upon at such meeting are: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

the election of one Class II Director to serve on the Board of Directors for a term 
of three years expiring at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders;  

a  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  named 
executive officers as disclosed in the proxy statement for the meeting;  

a stockholder advisory vote to determine the frequency of voting by stockholders 
on the compensation of our named executive officers; 

the approval of an amendment to the Technical Communications Corporation 2010 
Equity  Incentive  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock 
authorized for issuance thereunder from 200,000 to 400,000 shares; and 

the  ratification  of  Moody,  Famiglietti  and  Andronico,  LLP  as  the  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  of  the  Company  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
September 30, 2017.   

Stockholders  will  also  consider  and  act  upon  such  other  business  and  matters  as  may 

properly come before such meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on December 16, 2016 are entitled to 

notice of and to vote at the meeting and any adjournments thereof. 

Materials that will be available electronically at the website identified above include: 

•
•
•
•

the Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders;
the Proxy Statement for the meeting;
the form of proxy card; and
the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended October 1, 2016.

If  you  wish  to  attend  the  meeting  in  person  and  need  directions,  please  contact  TCC  Investor 
Relations at (978) 287-5100.  Instructions on how to complete, sign, date and return the proxy card 
are provided on the card, as well as a stockholder’s control/identification number(s).   

-2- 

2

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, MA 01742 

PROXY STATEMENT 
for the 
2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

February 13, 2017 

This Proxy Statement is being furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by 
the  Board  of Directors  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation 
(“TCC” or the “Company”), for use at the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and 
any adjournments thereof (the “Meeting”), to be held at the offices of the Company, 100 Domino 
Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742, at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on Monday, February 13, 2017. 

It is expected that the Notice of Meeting, this Proxy Statement and the accompanying proxy 
card, and an Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 
2016  containing  financial  statements  and  other  information  of  interest  to  stockholders,  will  be 
mailed to stockholders on or about January 9, 2017. 

Record Date and Outstanding Shares 

Only  record  holders  of  shares  of  the  common  stock,  par  value  $0.10  per  share,  of  the 
Company (the “Common Stock”) as of the close of business on December 16, 2016 (the “Record 
Date”) are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting. 

As  of  the  Record  Date,  there  were  1,839,877  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock 
outstanding and entitled to vote.  The shares of Common Stock are the only voting securities of the 
Company.  Stockholders are entitled to cast one vote for each share held of record. 

Proxies 

If the enclosed proxy card is properly marked, signed, and returned in time to be voted at 
the Meeting, and is not subsequently revoked, the shares represented will be voted in accordance 
with  the  instructions  marked  thereon.    SIGNED  PROXIES  RETURNED  TO  THE  COMPANY 
AND NOT MARKED TO THE CONTRARY WILL BE VOTED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Thus, proxies not marked to the contrary will be voted: 

•
•

•
•

in favor of the nominee for election to the Board,
in favor of the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this
Proxy Statement,
in favor of the amendment to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, and
in favor of ratification of the Company’s independent registered public accounting
firm. 

With respect to Proposal III, unmarked proxies will be voted in favor of holding a non-

binding, advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation every year. 

Any  stockholder  may  revoke  a  proxy  at  any  time  prior  to  its  exercise  by  signing  and 

-3- 

3

delivering a later-dated proxy or a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Company. 
Stockholders  attending  the  Meeting  may  also  revoke  their  proxies  by  voting  in  person  at  the 
Meeting. Attendance at the Meeting will not itself be deemed to revoke a proxy unless a stockholder 
gives affirmative notice at the Meeting that such stockholder intends to revoke the proxy and vote 
in person. 

Quorum and Approval 

The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in interest of the shares of 
Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  on  the  Record  Date  and  entitled  to  vote  is  required  to 
constitute a quorum at the Meeting.  The stockholders entitled to vote that are present in person or 
by proxy at the Meeting may adjourn the Meeting without additional notice unless a new record 
date is or must be fixed.  At any adjourned Meeting at which a quorum is present, any business 
may be transacted that might have been transacted at the Meeting as originally scheduled.   

Abstentions and broker non-votes will count in determining whether a quorum is present at 
the Meeting and any adjourned Meeting.  A broker non-vote occurs if the broker or other nominee 
who holds shares represented by a proxy has not received instructions with respect to a particular 
proposal  and  does  not  have  discretionary  authority  with  respect  to  such  proposal.  Matters  as  to 
which  brokers  do  not  have  discretionary  authority  include  the  election  of  directors,  even  in 
uncontested elections, and “say on pay” and “say when on pay” proposals. 

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast at the Meeting by the shares entitled to 
vote thereon is required to elect a director.  Abstentions, broker non-votes and votes withheld will 
not be included in the totals for director elections, and will have no effect on the outcome of the 
vote. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the  matter  shall  be  required  for  the  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  the 
Company’s named executive officers as disclosed in the Compensation section (including the tables 
therein) of this Proxy Statement.   Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in the 
totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

As for the vote on the frequency with which stockholders shall vote on the compensation of 
our named executive officers, stockholders are given three choices: one year, two years or three 
years.  The option that receives the plurality of the votes cast at the Meeting shall be considered by 
the  Board  when  determining  the  frequency  of  voting  by  stockholders  on  such  executive 
compensation. Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in the totals for the proposal, 
and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the  matter  is  required  to  approve  an  amendment  to  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation 
2010  Equity  Incentive  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  authorized  for 
issuance under such plan from 200,000 to 400,000 shares.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will 
not be included in the totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

Lastly, the affirmative vote of the holders of a  majority of the shares of Common Stock 
voting on the matter is required for the ratification of the selection of the independent registered 
public accounting firm. Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in the totals for the 
proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

-4- 

4

Other Matters 

The  Board  of  Directors  knows  of  no  matters  to  be  presented  for  consideration  at  the 
Meeting other than as set forth in this Proxy Statement.  If any other matter should be presented at 
the Meeting upon which a vote may be properly taken, shares represented by all proxies received 
by the Company will be voted with respect thereto in accordance with the judgment of the persons 
named as proxies. 

No  director,  executive  officer  or  nominee  for  director,  nor  any  associate  of  any  of  the 
foregoing, has any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, in any 
matter to be acted upon at the Meeting. 

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

-5- 

5

PROPOSAL I.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

The business corporation statute of Massachusetts requires, unless a company opts out, that 
the terms of directors of public companies be staggered by dividing the number of directors into 
three groups, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the number of directors subject to such 
requirement  being  fixed  by  a  vote  of  the  board.    The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  currently 
consists of four directors. Pursuant to the statute and the Company’s By-laws, the members of the 
Company’s Board of Directors are divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class 
III, each serving staggered three-year terms. The term of the Class II Director to be elected at the 
Meeting expires at the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders; the term of the Class I Director expires 
at the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders; and the term of the Class III Directors will expire at 
the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Directors elected by the stockholders at an annual meeting to succeed those whose terms 
expire are of the same class as the directors they succeed and are elected for a term to expire at the 
third annual meeting of stockholders after their election and until their successors are duly elected 
and qualified.  Vacancies on the Board, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the 
Board of Directors, shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors 
then  in  office,  even  though  less  than  a  quorum.    Any  director  so  elected  holds  office  for  the 
remainder  of  the  full  term  of  the  class  of  directors  in  which  the  vacancy  occurred  or  the  new 
directorship was created and until the director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. 

Nominees for Director 

One director is to be elected at the Meeting as the Class II director. The Board of Directors, 
as recommended by its Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, has nominated 
Francisco F. Blanco for election as the Company’s Class II Director.  Mr. Blanco is currently and 
has been a director of the Company since 2011 and has consented to being named in this Proxy 
Statement and to serve if elected. If elected, the nominee will hold office until the 2020 Annual 
Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  until  his  successor  is  duly  elected  and  qualified.    The  Board  of 
Directors knows of no reason why such nominee should be unable or unwilling to serve, but, if 
such should be the case, proxies may be voted for the election of some other person. 

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast at the Meeting by the shares entitled to 
vote thereon is required to elect a director.  Thus, abstentions, broker non-votes and votes withheld 
will not be included in the totals and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”  
THE ELECTION OF THE NOMINEE. 

-6- 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Members of the Board of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  name  and  address  of  each  director,  nominee  and 
executive officer of the Company, the year each current director first became a director, and the 
age and positions currently held by each such individual with the Company.  The following table 
is as of December 16, 2016. 

Name and Address(1) 

Year First Became 
a Director 

Age 

Positions and Offices 
with the Company 

Mitchell B. Briskin 

Francisco F. Blanco 

Carl H. Guild, Jr.  

1998 

2011 

1997 

57 

74 

72 

Class I Director 

Class II Director 

Class  III  Director,  Chairman  of 
the  Board,  Chief  Executive 
Officer and President 

Thomas E. Peoples 

1998 

68 

Class III Director 

Non-Director  
Executive Officers 

Michael P. Malone 

-- 

57 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary 

(1) 

The  address  of  Messrs.  Briskin,  Blanco,  Guild,  Peoples  and  Malone  is  c/o  Technical 
Communications Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

Directors and Nominees 

Mitchell B. Briskin.  Mr. Briskin served as Vice President of Strategic Relationships at 
Thermalin Diabetes, LLC, a next-generation insulin development company, from April 2012 until 
May 2014. Formerly, Mr. Briskin was a Managing Director at Stonebridge Associates, LLC, an 
investment bank, where he worked from 1999 to 2012.  Mr. Briskin was a Principal at Concord 
Investment Partners, a private equity investment group, from 1997 to 1999.  From 1996 to 1997, 
Mr.  Briskin  attended  Harvard  Business  School.    From  1990  to  1995,  Mr.  Briskin  was  General 
Manager at General Chemical Corporation; previously, he was a lawyer with Patterson Belknap 
Webb & Tyler LLP in New York, New York. 

Mr. Briskin’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his financial expertise and knowledge and his understanding of the Company’s accounting practices 
and  general  accounting  principles.    Mr.  Briskin’s  investment  banking  experience  and  legal 
education and experience add other valuable perspectives to the Board. 

Francisco  F.  Blanco.  Mr.  Blanco  is  President  and  CEO  of  The  Pola  Group,  LLC,  a 
consulting  firm  focused  on  providing  advice  and  assistance,  strategic  direction  and  creative 
business development solutions for commercial and government clients, where he has worked since 
2010.    From  2001  to  2010,  Mr.  Blanco  was  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  Intelligence  and 
National  Security  Alliance  (“INSA”),  a  member-based  non-profit,  non-partisan,  public-private 
organization that works to promote and recognize the highest standards within the national security 

-7- 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  intelligence  communities.  Prior  to  joining  INSA,  Mr.  Blanco was  employed  in  a  variety  of 
senior management and leadership positions during his 30-year tenure at the U.S. Department of 
Defense. 

Mr. Blanco’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his industry experience, his government experience and relationships with government leaders and 
agencies, his management and business development skills, and his in-depth understanding of the 
Company’s products and their markets. 

Carl  H.  Guild,  Jr.    Mr.  Guild  has  been  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Company  since  1998  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  since  2001.    He  was  also  Vice-
Chairman  of  the  Board  from  1998  to  2001  and  Chairman  in  1998,  and  was  an  independent 
consultant to the Company from 1997 to 1998.  From 1993 to 1997, he was a Senior Vice President 
with Raytheon Engineers and Constructors, Inc., a former unit of Raytheon Company, a defense, 
homeland security and aerospace technology company.  Mr. Guild serves as President and Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement (as amended) with the 
Company, which agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” in the Compensation 
section below. 

Mr. Guild’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include his 
management  and  leadership  experience  and  financial  acumen,  his  deep  understanding  of  the 
Company’s products, business and industry, including its international operations and customers, 
and his demonstrated commitment to TCC and its stockholders. 

Thomas E. Peoples. Mr. Peoples currently serves as President of International Executive 
Counselors, LLC, a consulting company he established in Virginia in 2005.  Mr. Peoples was Vice 
President  and  Managing  Director  of  The  SPECTRUM  Group,  a  Washington,  DC  area-based 
consulting firm from 2004 to February 2015. Between 2001 and 2004, Mr. Peoples was retired. 
From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Peoples was the Senior Vice President for International and Washington 
Operations of Gencorp, Inc., a publicly-held manufacturer of automotive, polymer, aerospace, and 
defense products.  From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Peoples was a Vice President of Aerojet, a privately-
held aerospace and defense contractor.  Prior to 1992, Mr. Peoples served as Manager of Business 
Development for Smart Munitions Programs  at Raytheon Company. He also served in the U.S. 
Army between August 1966 and February 1987, retiring from service as a Lieutenant Colonel. He 
is also a former Board member and Treasurer of the National Guard Youth Foundation and was an 
appointed member of the U.S. Department of Defense Science Board from 2000 to 2002. 

Mr. Peoples’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his  management  and  business  experience,  his  government  experience  and  relationships  with 
government leaders and agencies, his business development skills and engineering expertise, and 
his in-depth understanding of the Company’s products and their markets. 

Officers 

Michael  P.  Malone.    Mr.  Malone,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Assistant 
Secretary, joined the Company in 1998 as Director of Finance and Treasurer and became Chief 
Financial Officer in 2000.  From 1997 to 1998, he was the Controller at Vasca, Inc., a privately-
held medical device company.  Prior to 1997, Mr. Malone was with ZOLL Medical Corporation, a 
publicly-traded medical device and software solutions company, for five years as its Controller and 
Treasurer.    Mr.  Malone  and  the  Company  are  parties  to  an  Employment  Agreement,  which 
agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” in the Compensation section below. 

-8- 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Corporate Governance 

Board Composition and Independence; Meetings 

The Board of Directors is currently composed of four members, each of whom, with the 
exception  of  Mr.  Guild,  the  Board  has  determined  is  an  “independent”  director  as  that  term  is 
defined in the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), including Listing 
Rule 5605, and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).    The  Company  does  not  utilize  any  other  definition  or  criteria  for  determining  the 
independence of a director or nominee, and no other transactions, relationships, or arrangements 
exist to the Board’s knowledge or were considered by the Board in determining any director’s or 
nominee’s independence.  

The Board of Directors held four meetings during the fiscal year ended October 1, 2016. 
Each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate  of (a) the total number of  meetings of the 
Board of Directors he was eligible to attend, and (b) the total number of meetings of all committees 
of the Board of Directors on which he served that were held during fiscal year 2016.  

Board Structure; Role in Risk Oversight 

The Board currently combines the role of Chairman of the Board with the role of Chief 
Executive Officer, with Carl H. Guild, Jr. serving in both capacities since 2001.  The Board believes 
that combining these roles fosters clear accountability, effective decision-making and alignment on 
corporate strategy.  The structure allows one person to speak for and lead the Company and avoids 
duplication of work and confusion about who is in charge.  Given the Company’s historic size and 
financial results, and the requirement that members of the Board serve staggered terms, the Board 
has  determined  that  neither  dividing  these  roles  nor  designating  a  lead  independent  director  is 
necessary  or  would  result  in  significant  benefits  to  the  Company.  The  Board  believes  that  its 
composition and membership – with 75% of its members considered independent - contribute to, 
and  are  currently  sufficient  for,  effective  independent  oversight  and  minimize  any  potential 
conflicts that may result from the combination of the CEO and Chairman roles. 

The  Board  of  Directors  oversees  the  business  of  the  Company,  including  management 
performance and risk management, to assure that the long-term interests of TCC’s stockholders are 
being  served.    The  process  to  identify,  analyze,  report  and  manage  risks  has  been  developed 
informally over time and involves managers reporting to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial  Officer,  who  in turn  report  to the  Board  on  the  significant  risks  facing  the  Company. 
Each risk is discussed and quantified when possible and a plan is developed to address and mitigate 
identified risks.  Each committee of the Board is also responsible for reviewing the risk exposure 
of  the  Company  related  to  the  committee’s  areas  of  responsibility  and  providing  input  to 
management  and  the  Board  on  such  risks.    The  Audit  Committee  is  especially  critical  in  this 
process, and such committee’s responsibilities include reviewing risk management and compliance 
programs and consulting with management and the Board on risk identification, measurement and 
mitigation. 

-9- 

9

Committees 

The  Board  of  Directors  currently  has  two  committees,  the  Audit  Committee  and  the 

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, each as described below. 

Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee of the Board, which consists of Messrs. Briskin (Chairman), Blanco 
and Peoples, held four meetings during fiscal year 2016.  The Audit Committee’s primary function 
is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by: 

• 
• 

• 

• 

reviewing the financial reports and other financial information of the Company,  
reviewing  the  Company’s  system  of  internal  controls  regarding  finance  and 
accounting  and  the  Company’s  auditing,  accounting  and  financial  reporting 
processes,  
serving as an independent and objective party to monitor the Company’s financial 
reporting process and internal control system,  
reviewing  and  appraising  the  audit  efforts  of  the  Company’s  independent 
registered public accounting firm,  
reviewing, approving and/or ratifying related person transactions, and  

• 
•  providing an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, 

financial and senior management, and the Board of Directors.   

The Audit Committee acts pursuant to an Audit Committee Charter, a copy of which is 
posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at  https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.    The  Audit 
Committee’s  charter  requires  that  the  committee  review  and  update  the  charter  periodically  as 
conditions  dictate.    In  August  2016,  the  Audit  Committee’s  charter  was  reviewed  and  affirmed 
without change.  

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Briskin satisfies the definition of “audit 
committee  financial  expert”  as  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the 
“Commission”) by virtue of his educational and work experience as described above.  Mr. Briskin 
and each of the other members of the Audit Committee are also independent under Nasdaq’s listing 
standards for directors and Audit Committee members under Rules 5605(b) and (c).   

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee 

(the 
The  Company’s  Compensation,  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee 
“Governance Committee”) consists of Messrs. Peoples (Chairman), Briskin and Blanco, and held 
four meetings and acted by written consent in lieu of a meeting once during the 2016 fiscal year.  
As  noted  above,  the  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  these  individuals  satisfies  applicable 
independence  requirements  for  directors  as  well  as  members  of  such  committee  under  Nasdaq 
Rules 5605(d) and (e).   

The primary function of the Governance Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in 
discharging its responsibilities with respect to the Company’s compensation and benefit programs, 
the organization and membership of the Board, and corporate governance matters.  The Governance 
Committee’s goal is to assure that the composition, practices and operation of the Board contribute 
to  value  creation  and  effective  representation  of  the  Company’s  stockholders,  and  to  play  a 
leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance.  

-10- 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Governance  Committee  acts  pursuant  to  the  Compensation,  Nominating  and 
Governance  Committee  Charter,  a  copy  of  which  is  posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.  The Governance Committee’s charter requires that the 
committee review and reassess the adequacy of the charter annually and recommend any proposed 
changes  to  the  Board  for  approval.    In  August  2016,  the  Governance  Committee’s  charter  was 
reviewed and affirmed without change.  The Governance Committee must also annually evaluate 
its own performance.  

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

The  Board  has  approved  policies  and  procedures  for  the  Governance  Committee  with 
respect to the nomination of candidates to the Board and any committees thereof.  These policies 
at 
and 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx  and  are  summarized  below,  and  have  not  been 
materially changed since adoption. 

Company’s 

procedures 

available 

website 

the 

are 

on 

Nomination Policies and Procedures 

The  Governance  Committee  will  accept  for  consideration  any  candidate  properly 
recommended by a stockholder; acceptance of a recommendation for consideration does not imply 
the committee will nominate or recommend for nomination the proposed candidate.   

Stockholders who wish to nominate qualified candidates to serve as directors must notify 
the Company in writing, by notice delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company at the 
address of the Company’s executive offices as set forth in the Company’s periodic reports as filed 
with the Commission, of a proposed nominee.  Submissions may be by mail, courier or personal 
delivery.  E-mail submissions will not be considered.  In order to ensure meaningful consideration 
of  such  candidates,  notice  must  be  received  not  later  than  120  calendar  days  prior  to  the  first 
anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders.  

The notice must set forth as to each proposed nominee: 

• 

the nominee’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address,  

• 
•  his or her principal occupation or employment and business experience,  
• 

the number of shares of stock of the Company, if any, which are beneficially owned 
by such nominee, and  
any  other  information  concerning  the  nominee  that  must  be  disclosed  as  to 
nominees  in  proxy  solicitations  pursuant  to  applicable  law,  including  but  not 
limited  to  any  arrangements  or  agreements  regarding  the  proposed  candidate’s 
the 
nomination,  all 
recommending stockholder and the Company, and all transactions between such 
parties. 

the  proposed  nominee  and 

relationships  between 

The notice must also set forth with respect to the stockholder making the nomination the 
name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, of such stockholder, the number of 
shares of the Company that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, and the time 
period such shares have been held.  

Submissions received through this process will be forwarded to the Governance Committee 
for review.  Only those submissions that comply with these procedures and those nominees who 
satisfy the qualifications determined by the Governance Committee for directors of the Company 

-11- 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
will be considered. 

When considering candidates, the Governance Committee strives to achieve a balance of 
knowledge, experience and accomplishment such that the Board reflects a diversity of talent, age, 
skill, expertise and perspective.  While there are no set minimum requirements, a candidate should: 

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

be intelligent, thoughtful and analytical,
possess superior business-related knowledge, skills and experience,
reflect the highest integrity, ethics and character, and value such qualities in others,
have excelled in both academic and professional settings,
demonstrate achievement in his or her chosen field,
be free of actual or potential conflicts of interest,
be familiar with regulatory and governance matters,
have  the  ability  to  devote  sufficient  time  to  the  business  and  affairs  of  the
Company, and
demonstrate  the  capacity  and  desire  to  represent,  fairly  and  equally,  the  best
interests of the Company’s stockholders as a whole.

In  addition  to  the  above  criteria  (which  may  be  modified  from  time  to  time),  the 
Governance  Committee  may  consider  such  other  factors  as  it  deems  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
Company and its stockholders, including a candidate’s independence, financial sophistication and 
special competencies.  The Governance Committee does not have a formal policy with regard to 
the  consideration  of  diversity  when  identifying  and  evaluating  nominees  but  diversity  may  be 
considered when making nominations, including racial and ethnic diversity, gender, and diversity 
of personal and professional experiences, backgrounds, skills and qualifications. 

The  Governance  Committee  identifies  potential  candidates  through  referrals  and 
recommendations,  including  by  incumbent  directors,  management  and  stockholders,  as  well  as 
through business and other organizational networks.  The Governance Committee may retain and 
compensate  third  parties,  including  executive  search  firms,  to  identify  or  evaluate,  or  assist  in 
identifying or evaluating, potential director nominees. 

Current members of the Board with the requisite skills and experience are considered for 
re-nomination, balancing the value of the member’s continuity of service and familiarity with the 
Company with that of obtaining a new perspective, and considering each individual’s contributions, 
performance and level of participation, the current composition of the Board, and the Company’s 
needs.  If any existing members do not want to continue in service or if it is decided not to re-
nominate a director, new candidates are identified in accordance with those skills, experience and 
characteristics deemed necessary for new nominees, and are evaluated based on the qualifications 
set forth above.  In every case, the Governance Committee meets (in person or telephonically) to 
discuss each candidate, and may require personal interviews before final approval.  Once a slate is 
selected, the Governance Committee presents it to the full Board. 

The  Governance  Committee  does  not  currently,  and  does  not  intend  in  the  future,  to 
differentiate between or alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates based on the constituency 
(including stockholders) that proposed the candidate. 

For  a  description  of  the  Governance  Committee’s  role  in  evaluating  and  establishing 
compensation programs, policies and levels for the Company, see the Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis and Compensation sections below. 

-12- 

12

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Stockholder Communications and Director Attendance at Annual Stockholder Meetings 

The Board welcomes communications from stockholders and has adopted a procedure for 
receiving and addressing such communications.  Stockholders may send written communications 
to  the  entire  Board  or  individual  directors,  addressing  them  to  Technical  Communications 
Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, MA 01742, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.  All such 
communications will be forwarded to the full Board of Directors or to any individual director or 
directors to whom the communication is directed unless the communication is clearly junk mail or 
a  mass  mailing,  a  business  solicitation,  advertisement  or  job  inquiry,  or  is  unduly  hostile, 
threatening,  illegal,  or  similarly  inappropriate,  in  which  case  the  Company  has  the  authority  to 
discard or take appropriate legal action regarding the communication. 

Recognizing that director attendance at the Company’s annual meetings of stockholders 
can  provide  stockholders  with  an  opportunity  to  communicate  with  members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors,  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Board  of  Directors  to  strongly  encourage,  but  not  require,  the 
members  of  the  Board  to  attend  such  meetings.    All  members  of  the  Board  except  Mr.  Briskin 
attended the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

TCC’s policies regarding stockholder communications and director attendance (which may 
the  Company’s  website  at 

time)  can  be 

found  on 

from 

time 

to 

be  modified 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.  

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers, directors, and persons 
who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to 
file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Commission.  Officers, directors and 
greater-than-10% stockholders are required by regulation to furnish the Company with copies of 
all Section 16(a) reports they file. 

Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of such reports and any amendments 
thereto furnished to the Company during and with respect to the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, or 
written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons  that  they  were  not  required  to  file,  the 
Company believes that during fiscal year 2016, its officers, directors, and beneficial owners of more 
than 10% of the Common Stock complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements.  

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions; Legal Proceedings 

 David A. White, the Company’s Secretary, is a member of a law firm that provides legal 
services to the Company.  Fees paid to Mr. White’s law firm were approximately $54,000 for fiscal 
year 2016 and approximately $74,000 for fiscal year 2015.  There were no other transactions during 
fiscal years 2016 or 2015, and there are no currently proposed transactions, to which the Company 
was or is to be a participant and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect 
material interest. There are no family relationships among the directors, executive officers or any 
nominee  therefor,  and  to  the  Company’s  knowledge  no  arrangements  or  understandings  exist 
between any director or nominee and any other person pursuant to which such director or nominee 
was or is to be selected as a director or executive officer. 

There are no material proceedings to which a director, executive officer or nominee is a 
party adverse to the Company or its subsidiary or has a material interest adverse to the Company 

-13- 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
or its subsidiary, nor to the Company’s knowledge are there any proceedings or events material to 
an evaluation of the ability or integrity of the Company’s directors, nominees or executive officers. 

Code of Ethics 

The  Company  has  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  which  applies  to  all  of  its 
employees, officers and directors.  A copy of this code can be found on the Company’s website at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE  

The following is the report of the Audit Committee with respect to the Company’s audited 

financial statements for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2016. 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the 2016 fiscal year audited financial 
statements  with  management.    The  Audit  Committee  has  also  discussed  with  the  Company’s 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  Moody,  Famiglietti  and  Andronico,  LLP,  the 
matters  required  to  be  discussed  by  Statement  on  Auditing  Standards  No.  61  (as  amended)  as 
adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; received and reviewed the written 
disclosures  and  the  letter  from  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  required  by 
applicable  requirements  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  regarding  the 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s  communications  with  the  Audit  Committee 
concerning independence; and discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm its 
independence and any relationships that may impact its objectivity and independence.  

Based  upon  the  review  and  discussions  referred  to  above,  the  Audit  Committee 
recommended  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that  the  audited  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended October 1, 2016 be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Audit Committee 
Mitchell B. Briskin (Chair) 
Thomas E. Peoples 
Francisco F. Blanco 

-14- 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

As noted above, one role of the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee of 
the Board of Directors, comprised solely of non-employee, “independent” directors, is to assist the 
Board  with  discharging  its  responsibilities  relating  to  the  compensation  of  TCC’s  employees, 
officers and directors, and the development and administration of the Company’s compensation 
and benefit programs.  

The  Governance  Committee  operates  under  a  written  charter,  which  is  available  at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.  As set forth in the charter, the committee’s authority 
and responsibilities with respect to compensation include: 

•  For executives, to assist with the development of an executive compensation program 
supportive  of  the  achievement  of  the  Company’s  strategic  goals  and  objectives,  to 
review and approve the goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  including  an  annual  evaluation  of  the  CEO’s 
performance  and  the  establishment  of  the  CEO’s  compensation  and  other  material 
terms of employment, and to review and approve senior management team member 
compensation; 

•  For directors, to annually evaluate the appropriate level and form of compensation for 
members of the Board and its committees, and to recommend changes to the Board 
when appropriate; and 

•  For employees generally, to monitor and review all general compensation strategies 
and programs of the Company, including equity incentive and benefit programs. 

The following discussion provides information about the Company’s compensation plans 
and  programs  generally,  as  well  as  compensation  awarded  to,  earned  by  or paid  to  our  “named 
executive  officers”  pursuant  to  applicable  Commission  rules  and  regulations.    For  additional 
information, please see the Compensation section that follows this discussion and analysis. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives  

The philosophy underlying the Company’s compensation plans is to provide compensation 
that  rewards  both  individual  and  organizational  performance  and  align  such  compensation  with 
stockholder  interests.    The  Company  aims  to  make  executive  compensation  sensitive  to  and 
reflective of Company performance and financial condition, which is defined in terms of revenue 
growth and profitability. Compensation also must be competitive, thereby enabling the Company 
to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  highly-qualified  individuals  who  contribute  to  the  Company’s 
success. 

Procedure 

Compensation decisions are made annually and are tied to the Company’s fiscal year-end.  
For each employee, a performance evaluation is conducted by his or her supervisor, the results of 
which  are  shared  with  the  employee.    The  evaluation  encompasses  a  review  of  the  employee’s 
individual  performance  over  the  course  of  the  fiscal  year,  and  includes  recognition  of  the 
achievement by TCC of its strategic objectives and priorities.  Compensation decisions for non-
officer employees are made after the results of the performance evaluations have been considered 
and  an  informal  analysis  is  completed  that  considers  the  goals  of  market  competitiveness  and 

-15- 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
enhancement of stockholder value. No upward adjustment is made to an employee’s compensation 
if  the  individual’s  performance  does  not  merit,  or  if  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and 
performance do not support, such an adjustment. 

The  Governance  Committee  does  not  make  individual  compensation  decisions  for  non-
officer employees.  Rather, our Chief Executive Officer sets compensation levels and presents the 
aggregate information to the Governance Committee for its information.  Bonuses are typically 
paid in December, and salary increases are effective October 1 and paid retroactively before the 
end of the calendar year. 

Compensation  packages  for  our  named  executive  officers  are  analyzed  and  discussed 
individually  by  the  Governance  Committee,  and  decisions  are  made  once  the  Governance 
Committee has obtained all of the information it deems necessary.  Information that is considered 
in making named executive officer compensation decisions includes information provided to the 
Governance Committee via presentations made to the committee by the named executive officers 
themselves.    Such  presentations  include  highlights  of  achievements  and  milestones  met  by  the 
officers in the fiscal year and the results of each individual’s performance self-evaluation.   The 
Governance Committee also considers the Company’s financial condition and performance. 

The  accounting  and  tax  treatment  of  compensation  decisions  generally  have  not  been 
material factors in determining the amount and type of compensation given to executive officers, 
other than to balance the potential cost to the Company with the benefit or value to the executive. 
The tax and accounting treatment of different compensation arrangements may play a greater role 
in the decision-making process in the future.  The effects on Section 409A of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) also would be considered when applicable. 

The  Governance  Committee  has  not  to  date  employed  any  compensation  consultants  to 
assist it with compensation decisions, although it is authorized by its charter to do so and reserves 
the right to engage such consultants when and if deemed necessary or advisable. The Governance 
Committee also has the authority to form, and delegate any of its responsibilities to, subcommittees 
as it deems appropriate, although to date it has not done so. 

Compensation Components 

The components of compensation provided to named executive officers (as well as non-
officer  employees)  typically  include  base  salary,  annual  discretionary  bonuses  and  equity 
incentives.  Bonuses and equity incentives have historically been granted in periods during which 
the  Company’s  financial  performance  have  supported  such  awards.  Executive  officers  have  not 
received these components of compensation when the Company’s operating results have not been 
positive  and/or  the  recipients  have  not  achieved  specified  performance  milestones.  No  bonuses 
were  paid  with  respect  to  fiscal  year  2016  or  2015  to  any  named  executive  officer  due  to  the 
financial performance of the Company.  

The Company also has in place retirement and change of control arrangements with its two 
named executive officers, who participate in the group benefits offered to all employees, such as 
medical and life insurance.  

Base Salary 

Base salary levels for the Company’s named executive officers are based on an informal 
review of compensation for competitive positions in the market and reflect job responsibilities and 

-16- 

16

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

skills, level of experience, individual performance, judgments as to past and future contributions to 
the  Company,  and  the  Company’s  compensation  budget.    Specific  weight  is  not  given  to  any 
particular  factor  when  establishing  base  salaries,  although  most  weight  is  typically  given  for 
individual  performance.    The  Company’s  practice  has  been  to  review  base  salaries  at  the  fiscal 
year-end as noted above, although in unusual cases salaries may be reviewed more frequently if 
circumstances dictate.   

Annual Bonuses 

Bonuses, when paid, are designed to tie awards to individual performance and motivate 
and reward employees for their contributions to the Company.  A number of factors are considered 
in determining whether annual bonuses should be paid, most importantly the achievement by the 
Company  of  specified  financial  objectives  and  the  achievement  by  the  employees  of  individual 
objectives.  Recognition of individual performance and accomplishment is based on a subjective 
analysis of each individual’s performance; recognition of Company performance is based on an 
evaluation of specified measures of corporate performance, such as corporate profits and sales order 
activity.   

The  Company  has  an  Executive  Bonus  Program  for  the  benefit  of  key  management 
employees – traditionally the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer – and an informal 
bonus program for all other employees.  For named executive officers, an initial plan is set and 
approved  by  the  Governance  Committee  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  and  bonus  awards  are 
determined out of such plan at year-end based on Company and individual performance.  For non-
officer employees, the budget is established by management, subject to review by the Governance 
Committee,  at  year-end  based  on  the  Company’s  financial  performance  during  the  year,  and 
individual  awards  are  determined  through  a  consultative  process  involving  an  employee’s 
supervisor and our Chief Executive Officer. 

Equity Incentives 

As with base salary and bonus determinations, equity compensation awards are determined 
on  an  informal,  annual  basis.    An  important  objective  of  this  component  of  compensation  is  to 
strengthen  the  relationship  between  the  long-term  value  of  the  Company’s  stock  price  and  the 
potential financial gain for employees, as well as retention of personnel.  Historically the Company 
has awarded stock options to its employees and directors as the equity component of compensation, 
which provide recipients the opportunity to purchase shares of our Common Stock upon vesting 
and become valuable only if the trading price of the Common Stock increases.  The recipient is 
therefore motivated to remain with the Company until the options vest and motivated to improve 
individual performance in support of improved Company performance.  

In selecting employees eligible to receive equity compensation grants (whether at the initial 
hire date or through periodic grants) and determining the size of such grants, a variety of factors 
are considered, including the job and responsibility level of the employee and past, current and 
prospective services rendered, or to be rendered, to the Company by the employee.  Determination 
of the employees eligible to receive awards and the size of such awards is based on a subjective 
analysis by the Governance Committee, with input and recommendations from Mr. Guild, of each 
individual’s position within the Company, his or her performance, and his or her growth potential 
and that of the Company.   

-17- 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Plans 

The Company currently administers two plans that provide for the grant of equity incentive 

compensation to officers, directors and employees.   

The  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2005  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option Plan,  as 
amended (the “2005 Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors in May 2005 and permitted the 
grant  of  non-statutory  stock  options  to  purchase  up  to  200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to 
employees,  directors  and  consultants.   The  stated  purpose  of the  2005  Plan  was  to  promote  the 
success  and  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  by  permitting  and  encouraging 
employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  to  obtain  a  proprietary  interest  in  the 
Company or its subsidiaries through the grant of non-statutory options to purchase shares of the 
Company.  Determinations as to recipients of awards, option term, vesting period and exercise price 
were made by the Governance Committee in its discretion.  As of December 16, 2016, the Company 
had issued a total of 208,500 options pursuant to the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan expired on May 5, 
2015  and  as  of  December  16,  2016,  no  shares  remained  available  for  awards  under  such  plan, 
although options to purchase 89,900 shares granted under the 2005 Plan remained outstanding. 

In  December  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  and  adopted  an  amendment  to  the 
Technical Communications Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2010 Plan”) 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Governance  Committee,  which  amendment  is  subject  to 
shareholder approval at the Meeting.  The 2010 Equity Plan currently provides for the issuance of 
up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to awards of stock options (incentive and non-
qualified), stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock to employees, directors and consultants to 
the  Company.    The  amendment  for  which  stockholder  approval  is  being  sought  at  the  Meeting 
would increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance upon grants and 
awards to 400,000 shares.  

The stated purpose of the 2010 Plan is to promote the success and interests of the Company 
and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging participants to obtain a proprietary interest in 
the Company through the grant of awards that are consistent with the Company’s goals and that 
link the personal interests of participants to those of the Company’s stockholders.  The 2010 Plan 
is further intended to enable the Company to attract, retain and motivate those whose services are 
deemed critical to the success of the Company and align the interests of such individuals with those 
of the Company. Determinations as to award recipients, duration, price, vesting and performance 
requirements and other material terms are made by the Governance Committee, although there are 
specific requirements as to the price and term of certain awards depending on the award type and 
recipient. If any award under the 2010 Plan is canceled, terminates, expires or lapses for any reason 
without having been exercised in full, any shares subject to such award that remain unpurchased 
are available for future grant.  In addition, any shares retained by the Company upon exercise of an 
award in order to satisfy the exercise price of such award, or any withholding taxes due with respect 
to such exercise, are treated as not issued and shall continue to be available.  At the same  time, 
shares issued under the 2010 Plan and later repurchased by the Company are not available for future 
grant or sale. As of December 16, 2016, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 
153,781 shares pursuant to the 2010 Plan and 46,219 shares were still available for awards. 

-18- 

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation 

The Company does not offer or have in place any formal retirement, severance or similar 
compensation programs other than its 401(k) plan.  Rather, the Company individually negotiates 
with  those  employees  for  whom  retirement,  severance  or  similar  compensation  is  deemed 
necessary.   A description of the severance arrangements with the Company’s named executive 
officers follows. 

Carl H. Guild, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant  to  his  employment  agreement,  upon  termination  of  his  employment  without 
“cause” by the Company or upon his death or disability, Mr. Guild is entitled to receive severance 
pay in an amount equal to the greater of six months’ base salary at the then-current level or the 
balance of the term of the agreement, less applicable taxes and other required withholdings and 
amounts owed to the Company, and including all health and other benefits to which he had been 
entitled while employed by the Company at the Company’s expense for at least six months. If the 
Company determines not to renew Mr. Guild’s employment agreement, he is entitled to an amount 
equal to six months’ base salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other required 
withholdings  and  amounts  owed  to  the  Company,  and  the  continuation  of  all  health  and  other 
benefits to which he had been entitled while employed by the Company at the Company’s expense 
for at least six months. 

“Cause” is defined as Mr. Guild’s failure or refusal to perform the services specified in his 
employment agreement or to carry out any lawful directions of the Board; conviction of a felony; 
fraud or embezzlement involving the assets of the Company, its customers, suppliers or affiliates; 
gross negligence or willful misconduct; or breach of any term of his employment agreement. 

Mr.  Guild  may  terminate  his  employment  agreement  upon  prior  written  notice  to  the 
Company.  Upon his voluntary termination, he is entitled to severance pay – defined as his base 
salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other required withholdings and amounts 
owed to the Company – equal to six months if the termination date is on the renewal date of the 
agreement or the lesser of six months or the balance of the term of the agreement if the termination 
date is before such renewal date. 

In the event of a change in control of the Company where Mr. Guild resigns or is terminated 
without cause by the Company within 24 months after such an event, any unvested options held 
shall automatically vest and become immediately exercisable.  In addition, Mr. Guild would be 
entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to 24 months’ base salary at the then-current 
level, less applicable taxes and other withholdings and amounts due and plus all accrued and unpaid 
expenses and vacation time.  In the event that any payment to be received pursuant to such change 
in control or the value of any acceleration right in any Company stock options held in connection 
with the change in control of the Company would be subject to an excise tax pursuant to Section 
4999 of the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being an “excess parachute payment” 
within  the  meaning  of  such  terms  in  Section  280G(b)  of  the  Code,  the  amount  payable  will  be 
increased  (grossed  up)  to  cover  the  excise  tax  liability  due  under  Section  4999  of  the  Code,  if 
otherwise permitted under the Code. 

“Change in control” is defined as the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) any person 
or  entity,  including  a  “group”  as  defined  in  Section  13(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  (other  than  the 
Company,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  or  any  employee  benefit  plan  of  the 
Company or its subsidiaries), becoming the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 

-19- 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that 
may be cast for the election of directors of the Company; or (b) as the result of, or in connection 
with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or 
contested  election  or  any  combination  of  the  foregoing  transactions,  less  than  a  majority  of  the 
combined  voting  power  of  the  then-outstanding  securities  of  the  Company  or  any  successor 
corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or such 
other  corporation  or  entity  after  such  transaction,  are  held  in  the  aggregate  by  holders  of  the 
Company’s  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors  of  the  Company 
immediately prior to such transaction; or (c) the approval of the stockholders of the Company of a 
plan of liquidation.  

Michael P. Malone, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 

Under  Mr.  Malone’s  employment  agreement,  the  Company  has  the  right,  upon  written 
notice, to terminate his employment (a) immediately at any time for “cause” or (b) at any time 
without “cause”. Cause is defined as his failure or refusal to perform the services specified in his 
employment agreement or to carry out any lawful directions of the Board; conviction of a felony; 
fraud or embezzlement involving the assets of the Company, its customers, suppliers or affiliates; 
gross negligence or willful misconduct; inability for a continuous period of at least 180 days in the 
aggregate during any 360-day period to perform his duties due to a physical or mental disability 
incapable  of  reasonable  accommodation  under  applicable  law;  or  breach  of  any  term  of  his 
employment agreement. 

Upon termination of employment without cause by the Company, Mr. Malone is entitled 
to receive severance pay in an amount equal to the greater of six months’ base salary at the then-
current  level  or  his  base  salary  for  the  balance  of  the  term  of  the  agreement.  If  the  Company 
determines not to renew Mr. Malone’s employment agreement, he is guaranteed, at the Company’s 
option, at will employment for six months or severance pay in an amount equal to six months’ base 
salary at the then-current level.  In either case, such amounts shall be less applicable taxes and other 
required withholdings and amounts owed to the Company, plus all accrued but unpaid expenses 
and vacation time. 

In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  where  Mr.  Malone  resigns  or  is 
terminated  without  cause  by  the  Company  within  six  months  after  such  an  event,  any  unvested 
options held shall automatically vest and become immediately exercisable. In addition, Mr. Malone 
would be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to six months’ base salary at the 
then-current  level,  less  applicable  taxes  and  other  withholdings  and  amounts  due  and  plus  all 
accrued  and  unpaid  expenses  and  vacation  time.    In  the  event  that  any  payment  to  be  received 
pursuant to such change in control or the value of any acceleration right in any Company stock 
options held in connection with the change in control of the Company would be subject to an excise 
tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being an “excess 
parachute payment” within the meaning of such terms in Section 280G(b) of the Code, the amount 
payable to Mr. Malone will be increased (grossed up) to cover the excise tax liability due under 
Section  4999  of  the  Code,  if  otherwise  permitted  under  the  Code.  “Change  in  control”  in  Mr. 
Malone’s employment agreement has the same definition as that found in Mr. Guild’s agreement, 
provided above. 

No other employees receive or are entitled to receive any retirement, severance or similar 

compensation.  

-20- 

20

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Perquisites and Other Benefits 

The  Company  generally  does  not  provide  its  officers  with  “perks”  or  similar  types  of 
benefits.  Messrs. Guild and Malone have life insurance policies for which the Company pays the 
premium, and the Company also typically matches up to a certain percentage of their contributions 
to  the  Company’s  401(k)  plan.    Both  of  these  benefits  are  generally  available  to  all  Company 
employees, subject to certain limitations and restrictions.  Messrs. Guild and Malone, like other 
employees,  also  are  entitled  to  participate  in  TCC’s  employee  benefit  plans  offering  group 
disability  insurance,  group  medical  and  hospitalization  plans,  and  retirement  and  profit-sharing 
plans.   

Chief Executive Officer Compensation 

Mr. Guild has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1998 and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2001.  His base salary for each of fiscal years 2016 and 
2015 was $285,000. 

Mr. Guild did not receive a bonus with respect to the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 
and  October  3,  2015  due  to  the  Company’s  financial  condition  at  year-end  and  the  lack  of 
achievement by the Company and Mr. Guild of specified performance milestones for the periods.  

In fiscal 2016, the Board awarded Mr. Guild an option to purchase 3,500 shares of Common 
Stock for his service as a director, as it did for all other directors.  These non-qualified options were 
granted on February 8, 2016 under the 2010 Plan at an exercise price of $2.90 per share with a term 
of 10 years, and vest over a five year period.  Mr. Guild also was awarded a non-qualified option 
to purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock for his service as a director during fiscal 2015. These 
non-qualified options were granted on May 7, 2015 under the 2010 Plan at an exercise price of 
$4.05  per  share  with  a  term  of  10  years,  and  vest  over  a  five  year  period.    See  “Director 
Compensation” in the Compensation section below for more information regarding such director 
option grants. 

See “Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation” above for a 
discussion  of  the  severance  payments  payable  to  Mr.  Guild  under  the  terms  of  his  employment 
agreement. 

Chief Financial Officer Compensation 

Mr. Malone has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 2000 and Treasurer 

since 1998.  His base salary for each of fiscal years 2016 and 2015 was $160,000. 

Mr. Malone did not receive a bonus with respect to the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 
and  October  3,  2015  due  to  the  Company’s  financial  condition  at  year-end  and  the  lack  of 
achievement by the Company and Mr. Malone of specified performance milestones for the periods. 

Mr. Malone was not awarded any stock options or other equity incentives during fiscal 

years 2016 or 2015. 

See “Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation” above for a 
discussion of the severance payments payable to Mr. Malone under the terms of his employment 
agreement. 

-21- 

21

Tax Considerations 

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction to public companies for 
compensation over $1,000,000 paid to certain employees, generally the Chief Executive Officer 
and  the  four  other  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers.    Qualifying  performance-based 
compensation is not subject to the deduction limit if certain requirements are met.  In fiscal 2016, 
no compensation paid by the Company was nondeductible as a result of the $1,000,000 limitation.  
Furthermore, the Board of Directors believes that, given the general range of salaries and bonuses 
for  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  the  $1,000,000  threshold  of  Section 162(m)  will  not  be 
reached by any executive officer of the Company in the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, the Board 
has not formulated a policy to address non-qualifying compensation. 

Say on Pay Proposals and Votes 

As discussed under Proposal II below, stockholders will have the opportunity to cast their 
vote on the compensation of TCC’s named executive officers as described in this Proxy Statement 
at the Meeting. The advisory vote will not be binding on the Governance Committee or the Board 
of Directors. However, the Governance Committee and the Board will review the voting results 
and any concerns raised by stockholders will be considered when determining future compensation 
arrangements and making decisions about future compensation programs and practices.  The Board 
and Governance Committee also may consult directly with stockholders to better understand any 
issues  and  concerns.  Stockholders  (not  including  broker  non-votes)  have  voted  in  favor  of  the 
compensation  of  the  Company’s  named  executive  officers  every  year  since  being  given  the 
opportunity to do so. At the Company’s 2011 annual stockholders meeting, stockholders voted in 
favor of including an advisory vote on executive compensation in the Company’s proxy materials 
every year as recommended by the Board, which annual vote the Board implemented.  Stockholders 
are  being  given  the  opportunity  to  vote  again  on  the  frequency  of  the  say-on-pay  vote  at  the 
Meeting. 

-22- 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Named Executive Officers 

COMPENSATION 

The following tables set forth all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by 
or paid to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, who were the 
only  “named  executive  officers”  of  the  Company  during  its  2016  fiscal  year,  for  all  services 
rendered  by  such  officers  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary  in  all  capacities  for  the  periods 
presented. 

Summary Compensation Table 

Name  
and  
Principal Position 

Carl H. Guild, Jr.  
President, Chief  
Executive Officer  
and Chairman 

Michael P. Malone 
Chief Financial Officer, 
Treasurer and Assistant 
Secretary  

Year 

Salary 
($) 

Bonus 
($) 

2016 

$285,006(1) 

2015 

$285,006(1) 

2016 

$160,014(5) 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2015 

$160,014(5) 

- 

Option 
Awards 
($) 

$5,846 
(2) 

$7,934 
(4) 

-- 

-- 

All  
Other 
Compensation 
($) 

$6,386 
(3) 

$6,683 
(3) 

$6,000 
(6) 

$5,946 
(6) 

Total 
($) 

$297,238 

$299,623 

$166,014 

$165,960 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Mr. Guild’s annual base salary was set at $285,000 effective March 1, 2012.   

Amount represents an award on February 8, 2016 of a non-qualified option to purchase 
3,500 shares of Common Stock at $2.90 per share, which vests over a five year period 
and has a 10 year term.  Such award was made to Mr. Guild for his service as a director 
of the Company.  The dollar amount presented includes the aggregate fair value of the 
award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the date of 
grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted 
average assumptions used for grants in fiscal 2016: dividend yield of 0%, expected 
volatility of 60%, risk-free interest rate of 1.42%, and expected life of 6.5 years. 

Includes the Company’s 25% match on the first 6%, and 30% match on the second 6%, 
of  Mr.  Guild’s  401(k)  contributions  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015.    Also  includes  life 
insurance premiums paid by the Company of $285 and $333 for each of fiscal years 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Amount represents an award on May 7, 2015 of a non-qualified option to purchase 
3,500 shares of Common Stock at $4.05 per share, which vests over a five year period 
and has a 10 year term.  Such award was made to Mr. Guild for his service as a director 
of the Company.  The dollar amount presented includes the aggregate fair value of the 
award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the date of 
grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted 

-23- 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5) 

(6) 

average assumptions used for grants in fiscal 2015: dividend yield of 0%, expected 
volatility of 57%, risk-free interest rate of 1.8%, and expected life of 6.5 years. 

Mr. Malone’s annual base salary was set at $160,000 effective March 1, 2012.   

Includes the Company’s 25% match on the first 6%, and 30% match on the second 6%, 
of  Mr.  Malone’s  401(k)  contributions  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015.    Also  includes  life 
insurance premiums paid by the Company of $720 and $666 for each of fiscal years 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

For further information on equity incentive awards granted to our named executive officers, 
see the disclosure below.  For more information on compensation generally and information on 
severance  and  change  of  control  rights,  see  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  section 
above. 

Employment Agreements 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Carl H. Guild, Jr., its President 
and Chief Executive Officer, effective as of November 19, 1998 and amended November 8, 2001.  
The  original  term  of  the  agreement  expired  September  30,  2000;  the  agreement  renews 
automatically thereafter for successive periods of one year unless earlier terminated or not renewed.  
Mr.  Guild’s  agreement  contains  provisions  specifying  his  annual  compensation,  subject  to  an 
annual  merit  review  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    The  agreement  also  provides  for  performance 
awards to be paid at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on an assessment 
of exceptional performance.  Mr. Guild’s base salary was set at $285,000 effective March 1, 2012 
and has not changed since such date. No performance awards were earned with respect to fiscal 
2016 and 2015. 

For a more in-depth discussion of Mr. Guild’s right to receive annual performance bonuses 
and his right to severance and change in control payments, see the Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis section above.   For information on stock options granted to Mr. Guild, see “Outstanding 
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below. 

Michael P. Malone 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Michael P. Malone, its Chief 
Financial Officer, effective as of February 12, 2001.  The original term of the agreement was 12 
months, and the agreement renews automatically for successive periods of one year unless earlier 
terminated or not renewed.  Mr. Malone’s agreement contains provisions specifying his annual base 
salary, subject to an annual merit review by the Board of Directors.  The agreement also provides 
for performance awards to be paid at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on 
an exceptional performance assessment.  Mr. Malone’s base salary was set at $160,000 effective 
March 1, 2012 and has not changed since such date. No performance awards  were earned  with 
respect to fiscal 2016 and 2015. 

For  a  more  in-depth  discussion  of  Mr.  Malone’s  right  to  receive  annual  performance 
bonuses  and  his  right  to  severance  and  change  in  control  payments,  see  the  Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis section above. For information on stock options granted to Mr. Malone, 

-24- 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding unexercised options held by 
our named executive officers outstanding as of the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, which 
date was October 1, 2016. 

Name 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) Exercisable 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) Unexercisable 

3,500 (1) 
18,900 (2) 
3,500 (3) 
3,500 (4) 
3,500 (5) 
3,500 (6) 
700 (7) 
-- 

-- 
--
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
2,800 (7) 
3,500 (8) 

Michael P. 
Malone 

10,501 (2) 

-- 

Option Awards 

Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned 
Options  
(#) 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 

7.02 
11.51 
9.77 
10.20 
4.67 
7.65 
4.05 
2.90 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

02/08/20 
07/29/20
05/05/21
05/03/22
02/11/23
02/12/24
05/07/25 
02/08/26

11.51 

07/29/20 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Granted on February 8, 2010 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were 
fully vested as of February 8, 2010. 
Granted on July 29, 2010 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vested 
as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on May 5, 2011 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully 
vested as of May 5, 2011. 
Granted on May 3, 2012 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully 
vested as of May 3, 2012. 
Granted on February 11, 2013 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and 
were fully vested as of February 11, 2013. 
Granted on February 12, 2014 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and 
were fully vested as of February 12, 2014. 
Granted on May 7, 2015 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest as to 
20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 8, 2016 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest 
as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 

-25- 

25

Equity Incentive Plans 

The Company currently administers two plans that provide for the grant of equity incentive 
compensation to officers, directors and employees:  the Technical Communications Corporation 
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. At December 16, 2016, 
there  were  an  aggregate  of  400,000  shares  authorized  under  these  plans,  of  which  options  to 
purchase  243,681  shares  were  outstanding  and  46,219  shares  were  available  for  issuance  upon 
future  grants  and  awards.    Generally,  these  plans  provide  for  the  grant  of  equity  awards  to 
employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, in each case in amounts, at prices 
and  subject  to  such  restrictions  and  limitations  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  a 
committee  thereof  and  in  compliance  with  applicable  law,  including  the  Code.    For  more 
information about each plan, see “Equity Incentives” in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
section above and, with respect to the proposed amendment to the 2010 Plan, see the discussion 
under Proposal IV below.  The goal of the Company’s equity incentive awards is to promote the 
success and interests of the Company and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging recipients 
to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company or its subsidiaries through the grant and exercise of 
such awards, and motivating such recipients to remain with the Company and work towards its 
success.   

Grants in Fiscal 2016 

On  February  8,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  to  each  of  the  members  of  the 
Company’s Board of Directors options under the 2010 Plan to purchase 3,500 shares of Common 
Stock, for an aggregate 14,000 shares.  These non-qualified stock options, which are exercisable at 
$2.90 per share, vest 20% per year commencing the first anniversary of the date of grant and have 
a term of 10 years.  Such grants were the only grants of stock options made to executive officers 
and directors of the Company during the 2016 fiscal year. 

Retirement, Severance and Similar Compensation 

No retirement, severance or similar compensation was paid to any employee during the 
2016 fiscal year.  For a description of the amounts that may be payable to our named executive 
officers  upon  their  resignation,  retirement,  termination  or  a  change  in  control,  please  see 
“Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation” above in the Compensation 
Discussion  and  Analysis  section.  The  Company  also  provides  to  all  employees  a  401(k)  tax 
qualified plan. 

Compensation of Directors 

The following table sets forth all compensation paid to the Company’s directors for the 
fiscal year ended October 1, 2016.  Mr. Guild, our President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of 
Directors, did not receive any compensation for his service as a director during the 2016 fiscal year 
other than the option grant discussed above. 

Name 

Mitchell B. Briskin 

Thomas E. Peoples 

Francisco F. Blanco 

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash 
($) 

Option Awards  
($) 

All Other 
Compensation  
($) 

- 

- 

- 

$30,100 
(1) 

$24,500 
(1) 

$24,500 
(1) 

$5,846 
(2)(3) 

$5,846 
(2)(3) 

$5,846 
(2)(3) 

-26- 

26

Total 
($) 

$35,934 

$30,346 

$30,346 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

(1)  Includes quarterly stipend and fees paid for Board of Directors and committee meetings 
attended during the fiscal year.  For Mr. Briskin, also includes quarterly stipend received 
for serving as Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

(2)  Amount represents the award on February 8, 2016 of a non-qualified option to purchase 
3,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  $2.90  per  share,  which  option  vests  over  a  five  year 
period and has a 10 year term.  The dollar amount presented represents the aggregate fair 
value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the 
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted 
average  assumptions  used  for  grants  in  fiscal  2016:  dividend  yield  of  0%,  expected 
volatility of 60%, risk-free interest rate of 1.42%, and expected life of 6.5 years.  

(3)  Mr. Briskin had 31,500 options outstanding at the 2016 fiscal year-end, of which 25,200 
were fully vested and exercisable. Mr. Peoples had 34,000 options outstanding at the 2016 
fiscal year-end, of which 27,700 were fully vested and exercisable. Mr. Blanco had 14,000 
options  outstanding  at  the  2016  fiscal  year-end,  of  which  7,700  were  fully  vested  and 
exercisable.  

Board members are entitled to receive a Board meeting fee of $2,500 per meeting attended 
(whether in person or via telephone conference, so long as the duration of the meeting attended 
exceeds 30 minutes), which fee can be waived.  Board members also receive a quarterly stipend of 
$3,500  for  their  service.  Members  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  paid  $1,000  for  each  Audit 
Committee meeting that is not held in connection with a regularly scheduled Board meeting, and 
the  Audit  Committee  Chairman  receives,  commencing  January  1,  2015,  a  quarterly  stipend  of 
$1,400 in addition to the stipend he receives as a director of the Company; prior to January 1, 2015, 
the stipend was $400 per quarter.  Members of the Governance Committee receive $500 for each 
meeting that is held other than in connection with a regularly scheduled meeting of the Board of 
Directors. 

Commencing in 2008, directors are annually granted options to purchase 3,500 shares of 
Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of 
grant.  Stock options granted to directors are considered non-qualified and, beginning in fiscal year 
2015, vest 20% per year commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant; prior director 
option grants vested immediately.   Each grant expires 10 years after the date of grant, except that 
if a director ceases to be a director, the option terminates at the earlier of 10 years from the date of 
grant or three years from the last day as a director.  

TCC  reimburses  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  for  their  reasonable  out-of-pocket 
expenses  incurred  in  attending  Board  and  committee  meetings.    The  Company  believes  that 
members of the Board of Directors received compensation during fiscal year 2016 commensurate 
with  their  responsibilities  to  the  Company  and  appropriate  for  a  company  of  TCC’s  size  and 
revenues. 

-27- 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL II.  STOCKHOLDER ADVISORY VOTE  
ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform Act”) 
and Section 14A of the Exchange Act entitle stockholders to cast a non-binding, advisory vote on 
the compensation of executives as described in a company’s proxy statement, otherwise known as 
“say on pay” proposals.  The legislation makes clear that these votes do not overrule a Board’s 
compensation decisions, impose additional fiduciary duties on the Board, or limit  stockholders’ 
ability to make other compensation-related proposals. 

The Company’s guiding compensation philosophy, as discussed above in Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis, is to provide compensation that rewards individual and organizational 
performance  and  align  such  compensation  with  the  interests  of  long-term  stockholders.    The 
Company  aims  to  make  executive  compensation  sensitive  to  Company  performance,  which  is 
defined in terms of revenue growth and profitability.   Compensation also must be competitive, 
thereby  enabling  the  Company  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  highly-qualified  individuals  who 
contribute to the Company’s success.   

We believe that the Company’s executive compensation programs have been effective at 
providing  appropriate  incentives  for  the  achievement  of  targeted  results,  aligning  pay  and 
performance,  creating  an  ownership  culture  in  which  award  recipients  think  and  act  like 
stockholders, and enabling TCC to attract and retain some of the most talented executives in the 
communications security device and system industry. 

Revenues for the 2016 fiscal year were $2,523,000 with a net loss of $2,472,000 or $(1.34) 
per share. Delays in the receipt of certain foreign and domestic contracts, coupled with customer 
and  production  delivery  requirements,  resulted  in  lower  than  expected  revenue  for  fiscal  2016. 
Major  domestic  and  international  contracts  also  did  not  materialize  during  the  fiscal  year  as 
expected  due  to  long  government  procurement  cycles.  The  Company  expects  that  sales  will 
improve over the next 12 months and hopes to experience increased demand for communications 
security devices, systems and services, and will continue to commit resources, although at a reduced 
rate, to internal product development during the 2017 fiscal year and beyond. 

Compensation actions taken with respect to fiscal 2016 for TCC’s named executive officers 
reflected the Company’s results.  Specifically, in recognition of both the Company’s disappointing 
financial  performance  and  poor  individual  achievement  of  performance  milestones,  no  annual 
performance  bonuses  related  to  company  performance  were  awarded  to  our  CEO  or  CFO. 
Stockholders are encouraged to read the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and Compensation 
sections  of  this  Proxy  Statement  for  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  how  the  Company’s 
compensation programs reflect our overarching compensation philosophy and core principles and 
how such philosophy and principles were implemented when making compensation decisions for 
2016. 

Our Board values constructive dialogue on compensation and other governance topics, and 
recognizes the interest that investors have in executive compensation.  In response to the passage 
of the Reform Act and in recognition of growing support for advisory votes on compensation and 
our  stockholders’  say-on-pay  and  say-when-on-pay  votes,  stockholders  currently  have  the 
opportunity to vote on an advisory resolution concerning the compensation of our executives on an 
annual basis.  

-28- 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Accordingly,  stockholders  are  being  asked  to  vote  on  the  following  resolution  at  the 

Meeting: 

RESOLVED,  that  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s  named  executive 
officers  as  disclosed  in  the  Compensation  section  (including  the  tables  and 
narrative discussion therein) of this Proxy Statement be hereby APPROVED. 

Stockholders will have the opportunity to vote for or against such resolution, or abstain from 
voting.  The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the matter shall be required to approve the stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation 
as disclosed in this Proxy Statement.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in the 
totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

The  advisory  vote  will  not  be  binding  on  the  Governance  Committee  or  the  Board  of 
Directors.  However, the Governance Committee and the Board will review the voting results and 
any  concerns  raised  by  stockholders  will  be  considered  when  determining  future  compensation 
arrangements and making decisions about future compensation programs and practices.  The Board 
and Governance Committee also may consult directly with stockholders to better understand any 
issues and concerns. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”  
THE ADVISORY RESOLUTION APPROVING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

-29- 

29

PROPOSAL III.  STOCKHOLDER ADVISORY VOTE TO DETERMINE 
FREQUENCY OF VOTING ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The Reform Act also enables our stockholders to vote, on a non-binding, advisory basis, 
on the frequency of the Company’s say on pay proposals.  These proposals, often referred to as 
“say when on pay”, permit stockholders to select whether say on pay advisory votes occur every 
year, every two years or every three years.  Shareholders also must be given the opportunity, at 
least once every six years, to have a separate vote to re-determine the frequency of the say on pay 
vote.    At  our  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  in  2011,  shareholders  voted  to  approve  executive 
compensation on an annual basis.  Shareholders are being given the opportunity at the Meeting to 
select the frequency of future votes. 

TCC’s Board of Directors and the Governance Committee have considered carefully the 
advantages and disadvantages of each frequency option, and have determined to again recommend 
to stockholders that they vote for an annual vote on executive compensation.  The Board believes 
that having an annual vote makes compensation more responsive to and reflective of stockholders’ 
interests and concerns, and decreases the chance that poor compensation decisions in one year will 
have a continuing, long-term effect.   

Stockholders will have the opportunity to vote for one of three options with respect to this 
say when on pay proposal:  one year, two years or three years.  The option that receives the plurality 
of the votes cast at the Meeting shall be considered when determining the frequency of voting by 
stockholders on the compensation of our named executive officers.  Abstentions and broker non-
votes will not be included in the totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of 
the vote. 

The  advisory  vote  will  not  be  binding  on  the  Governance  Committee  or  the  Board  of 
Directors.  However, the Governance Committee and the Board will review the voting results when 
determining the frequency with which stockholders will vote on executive compensation. 

To  be  clear,  stockholders  are  choosing  the  frequency  with  which  stockholders  will  cast 
their  non-binding,  advisory  votes  on  the  Company’s  executive  compensation.    The  choices 
provided to stockholders are one year, two years and three years.  Stockholders are voting on the 
actual  frequency  of  the  vote,  not  voting  to  approve  or  disapprove  the  Board  of  Directors’ 
recommendation as discussed above. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR  
ONE YEAR FOR THE FREQUENCY OF THE SAY ON PAY VOTE. 

-30- 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

PROPOSAL IV. AMENDMENT TO THE TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS 
CORPORATION 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

On  December  20,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Governance Committee, approved an amendment to the Technical Communications Corporation 
2010  Equity  Incentive  Plan  to  increase  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  authorized  for 
issuance under such plan from 200,000 to 400,000 shares. Specifically, the amendment replaces 
the number “200,000” in Section 4.1 of the 2010 Plan with the number “400,000.”  This amendment 
is subject to stockholder approval at the Meeting. 

The stated purpose of the 2010 Plan is to promote the success and interests of the Company 
and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging recipients to obtain a proprietary interest in the 
Company and its subsidiaries through the grant of awards that are consistent with the Company’s 
goals and that link the personal interests of recipients to those of the Company’s stockholders.  The 
2010  Plan  is further  intended  to  enable  the  Company  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  individuals 
whose services are critical to the success of the Company and align the interests of such individuals 
with those of the Company.  The Board of Directors believes that the proposed increase in shares 
available  under  the  2010  Plan  is  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  Company  can  continue  to  offer 
competitive  levels  of  stock-based  compensation  to both  new  and  existing  employees  as  well  as 
directors and consultants to the Company. 

Set  forth  below  is  a  summary  of  certain  provisions  of  the  2010  Plan  and  a  general 
description of the U.S. Federal income tax treatment applicable to the receipt of awards under the 
2010 Plan.  The text of the 2010 Plan, as proposed to be amended, is set forth in Appendix I to this 
Proxy  Statement;  the proposed  text  to be  amended  is  set  forth in bold  print.   The  following  is 
intended to be a summary, and does not purport to be a complete statement, of the principal terms 
of  the  2010  Plan.    This  summary  is  subject  to  and  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the 
Appendix. 

General 

Subject  Shares;  Awards.    The  2010  Plan  currently  provides  for  the  issuance  of  up  to 
200,000 shares of Common Stock to employees, directors and consultants to the Company pursuant 
to the award of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”), stock 
appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock. 

Plan Adoption and Duration.  The 2010 Plan commenced on July 29, 2010 and awards 
may be granted under the plan up to July 29, 2020.  Following the 10 year anniversary of adoption, 
no new awards may be made, although the 2010 Plan will remain in effect until all shares subject 
to awards outstanding as of July 29, 2020 have been purchased or acquired. 

Administration.  The 2010 Plan is administered by the Governance Committee of the Board 
which, subject to the terms of such plan, has the authority to determine the individuals to whom, 
and the time or times at which, awards are made, the type and size of each award, the fair market 
value of the Common Stock and, subject to the plan and applicable law, the exercise price per share, 
as  well  as  the  other  terms  and  conditions  of  each  award  (which  need  not  be  identical  across 
recipients).   

Eligible Participants.  Subject to certain limitations, awards under the 2010 Plan may be 
granted to any employee, non-employee director, or consultant of the Company and its parents and 
subsidiaries.  Only employees of the Company and its parents and subsidiaries may be granted ISOs 

-31- 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under the 2010 Plan.  As of December 16, 2016, the Company had 25 full-time employees, two of 
whom are also officers and/or directors, and two part-time employees, and utilized the services of 
several part-time consultants.  As of December 16, 2016, there were three members of the Board 
of Directors who were not employees of the Company.   

Options 

In General.  Options may be granted at any time as determined by the Committee.  The 
date  of  grant  of  an  option  shall  be,  for  all  purposes,  the  date  on  which  the  Board  makes  the 
determination to grant such option.  The term of each option shall be as determined at the time of 
grant but no option may be exercised after the 10th anniversary date of its grant.  

Price.  The option price for any option granted under the 2010 Plan must be equal to at 
least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant.  The option price 
for  any  ISO  granted  under  the  2010  Plan  to  an  employee  who  at  the  time  of  grant  owns  stock 
possessing  more  than  10%  of  the  total  combined  voting  power  of  all  classes  of  stock  of  the 
Company or any of its parents or subsidiaries may not be less than 110% of the fair market value 
on the date of grant. 

Fair Market Value.  The fair market value as of any given date shall be the closing sales 
price of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape, as reported by The Wall Street Journal, 
on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then 
traded (currently the NASDAQ Capital Market).   

Exercise and Payment for Stock.  Stock options are exercisable at such time or times and 
subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined at the time of grant, which terms and 
conditions need not be the same across recipients. The option exercise price may be paid in cash, 
bank or cashier’s check, other previously acquired shares or the withholding of shares of Common 
Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to 
the aggregate exercise price of the shares being purchased, or any combination of such methods of 
payment.   

Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death.   Each option agreement will 
set  forth  the  extent  to  which  the  recipient  will  be  entitled  to  exercise  such  option  following 
termination of the recipient’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company.   ISOs 
may not be exercised unless, at the time of exercise, the recipient is and has been continuously since 
the  date  of  grant  an  employee  of  the  Company.    However,  (a)  in  the  event  of  a  recipient’s 
termination of employment other than because of death or disability, the recipient may exercise the 
ISO within three months of the last day of employment, (b) in the event of a recipient’s death while 
an employee or within three months after the recipient ceases to be an employee of TCC, the ISO 
may be exercised by the transferee of such ISO within one year of the date of death, and (c) in the 
event the recipient becomes disabled while an employee, the ISO may be exercised within one year 
of the date the recipient ceases to be an employee because of such disability. In all cases, the ISO 
may  be  exercised  only  if  and  to  the  extent  the  ISO  was  exercisable  at  the  date  of  employment 
termination or death. 

Non-Transferability.  With certain exceptions, stock options issued under the 2010 Plan 
are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, 
during the recipient’s lifetime, only by the recipient or his or her legal representative. 

-32- 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Stock Appreciation Rights 

In General.  SARs may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the 
Committee, which has complete discretion in determining the recipients of SARs, the size of any 
such award, and the other terms and conditions applicable to the award consistent with the 2010 
Plan. The term of the SAR will be determined by the Committee and may not exceed 10 years from 
the date of grant. 

Price.  The grant price of a SAR must equal the fair market value of a share of Common 
Stock on the date of grant.  Fair market value is determined in the same manner as described above 
for options. 

Exercise and Payment.  SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the 
Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes. The payment upon exercise of a SAR may be in cash or 
stock of the Company.  The amount of the payment is calculated by multiplying the difference 
between the fair market value on the date of exercise and the grant price by the number of shares 
with respect to which the SAR is being exercised. 

Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death.   Each SAR agreement will set 
forth the extent to which the recipient will be entitled to exercise such SAR following termination 
of the recipient’s employment or consulting arrangement with the Company.   

Non-Transferability.  With certain exceptions, SARs issued under the 2010 Plan are not 
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the 
recipient’s lifetime, only by the recipient. 

Restricted Stock   

In General.  The Committee may grant shares of restricted stock at any time and from time 
to  time  in  such  amounts,  at  such  prices  and  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  it  determines, 
consistent with the 2010 Plan.   

Transferability.  The shares of restricted stock granted under the 2010 Plan may not be 
sold,  transferred,  pledged,  assigned  or  otherwise  alienated  or  hypothecated  until  the  end  of  the 
applicable period of restriction established by the Committee, or upon earlier satisfaction of any 
other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion.   

Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death.  Each restricted stock agreement 
will set forth the extent to which the recipient will be entitled to receive unvested shares of restricted 
stock  following  termination  of  the  recipient’s  employment  or  consulting  arrangement  with  the 
Company, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, which need not treat recipients 
similarly.    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  except  in  the  case  of  a  termination  due  to  death  or 
disability of the recipient, the vesting of shares of restricted stock that qualify for the performance-
based exception under Code Section 162(m) and that are held by “covered employees” shall occur 
at  the  time  they  otherwise  would  have  vested  but  for  the  employment  termination.    “Covered 
employee” means a recipient who, as of the date of vesting and/or payout of an award, as applicable, 
is one of the group of “covered employees,” as such term is defined in the regulations promulgated 
under Code Section 162(m), or any successor statute. 

-33- 

33

Retention Rights; Terminations for Cause 

Employment.  Neither the 2010 Plan nor any award made under such plan confers any right 
upon  a  recipient  with  respect  to  the  continuation  of  any  employment,  consulting  or  advisory 
relationship with the Company. 

Terminations for Cause.  In the event of the termination of a recipient’s employment or 
consulting arrangement with the Company for “Cause”, then such recipient’s rights under any then-
outstanding awards shall immediately terminate as of the time of such termination.   

Change in Control 

In the event of a “change in control”, as such term is defined in the 2010 Plan (including 
the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity in which the Company is 
not  the  surviving  entity,  the  sale  of  all  or  substantially  all of  the assets  of  the Company,  or  the 
acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of securities representing more than 33% 
of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company),  then  the  Committee  may:  (a)  provide  for  the 
assumption of all outstanding awards, or the substitution of outstanding awards for new awards, 
for  equity  securities  of  the  surviving,  successor  or  purchasing  person,  or  a  parent  or  subsidiary 
thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number, kind and prices of shares subject to such 
awards as determined in good faith; (b) accelerate the vesting of all options and SARs that remain 
outstanding; (c) remove any restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any restricted stock; 
(d)  in  the  case  of  the  proposed  liquidation  of  the  Company,  terminate  each  outstanding  award 
immediately prior to the consummation of such action or such other date as fixed by the Board and 
provide recipients the right to exercise such award prior to such date; and/or (e) make any and all 
other adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding awards as it deems appropriate and consistent 
with the purposes of the 2010 Plan.   

Tax Provisions 

Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  to  the  Recipient.    In  general,  taxable  income  is 
recognized  with  respect  to  an  ISO  only  upon  the  sale  of  Common  Stock  acquired  through  the 
exercise of the ISO (“ISO Stock”) and not in connection with its grant or exercise. However, the 
exercise of an ISO may subject the recipient to the alternative minimum tax.  The tax consequences 
of selling ISO Stock will vary with the length of time that the recipient has owned the ISO Stock 
at the time it is sold.  If the recipient sells ISO Stock after having owned it for the greater of (a) two 
years from the date the option was granted, and (b) one year from the date the option was exercised, 
then the recipient will recognize long term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the 
amount realized by the recipient on the sale price of the ISO Stock over the exercise price.  If the 
recipient sells ISO Stock for more than the exercise price prior to having owned it for at least two 
years from the grant date and one year from the exercise date (a “Disqualifying Disposition”), then 
all or a portion of the gain recognized by the recipient will be ordinary compensation income and 
the remaining gain, if any, will be a capital gain.  Any capital gain realized by the recipient from 
the sale of ISO Stock will be a long-term capital gain if the recipient has held the ISO Stock for 
more than one year prior to the date of sale.  If a recipient sells ISO stock for less than the exercise 
price, then the recipient will recognize capital loss equal to the excess of the exercise price over the 
sale price of the ISO Stock.  This capital loss will be a long-term capital loss if the recipient has 
held the ISO Stock for more than one year to the date of sale. 

As with ISOs, the grant of NQSOs does not result in the recognition of taxable income to 
the recipient.  However, the exercise of an NQSO results in the recognition of ordinary income to 

-34- 

34

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

the recipient in the amount by which the fair market value of the Common Stock acquired through 
the exercise of the NQSO (“NQSO Stock”) on the exercise date exceeds the exercise price.  Because 
of this tax consequence, NQSOs are typically exercised simultaneously with the sale of the NQSO 
Stock.  If the NQSO stock is not sold upon exercise, the recipient acquires a tax basis in the NQSO 
Stock equal to the effective fair market value of the stock on the day of exercise.  The sale of NQSO 
Stock generally will result in the recognition of capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the excess 
of the sale price of the NQSO Stock over the recipient’s tax basis in the NQSO Stock.  This capital 
gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the recipient has held the NQSO Stock for more than 
one year prior to the date of the sale and any such capital gain may be eligible for the lower capital 
gains rate if held for more than a year. 

Generally,  a  recipient  will  not  recognize  taxable  income  upon  the  grant  of  a  stock 
appreciation right, but will recognize ordinary income upon the exercise of the SAR in an amount 
equal  to  the  cash  received  upon  exercised  (if  settled  in  cash)  or  the  difference  between  the  fair 
market value of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the SAR and the amount, if any, paid 
by the recipient in connection with the exercise of the SAR (if settled in stock).  The recipient will 
recognize ordinary income upon the exercise of a SAR settled in stock regardless of whether the 
shares  received  upon  exercise  are  subject  to  further  restrictions  on  sale  or  transferability.    The 
recipient’s basis in the shares will be equal to the ordinary income attributable to the exercise and 
the  amount,  if  any,  paid  in  connection  with  the  SAR  exercise.    The  holding  period  for  shares 
received upon settlement begins on the exercise date. 

A  recipient  generally  will  not  be  taxed  at  the  time  of  a  restricted  stock  award  but  will 
recognize income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of Common 
Stock over the purchase price (if any) when the award vests or is otherwise no longer subject to a 
substantial risk of forfeiture, unless the recipient elects to accelerate recognition as of the date of 
grant.  Recipients receiving restricted stock may elect to be taxed at the time of grant by making an 
election under Section 83(b) of the Code; if a restricted stock award is subject to a Section 83(b) 
election, dividends will be taxable to the recipient as dividend income, which currently is subject 
to the same rate as capital gains income.  

Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Company. The grant and exercise of ISOs and 
NQSOs generally have no direct tax consequences to the Company.  The Company generally will 
be  entitled  to  a  compensation  deduction  with  respect  to  any  ordinary  income  recognized  by  a 
recipient, including income that results from the exercise of a NQSO or a Disqualifying Disposition 
of an ISO.  Any such deduction will be subject to the limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.  
The Company has a statutory obligation to withhold appropriate income taxes from the ordinary 
income that is realized from the exercise of NQSOs by employees.  In the case of grants of SARs 
or restricted stock, the Company will generally have a corresponding deduction at the same time 
the recipient recognizes income. 

The foregoing is only a summary of the effect of federal income taxation upon the recipient 
and the Company with respect to awards granted under the 2010 Plan. It does not purport to be 
complete and does not discuss the tax consequences arising in the event of a recipient’s death or 
the income tax laws of the municipality, state or foreign country under which the recipient’s income 
may be taxable. 

-35- 

35

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Plan Benefits 

Future equity grants and awards, if any, that will be made to eligible participants in the 
2010  Plan  are  subject  to  the  discretion  of  the  Governance  Committee  and,  therefore,  are  not 
determinable at this time.  It is expected that each such grant or award will be made at an exercise 
price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the day of grant.  The value of each 
such award depends on the market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the day of exercise 
and  therefore  cannot  be  determined  or  estimated  at  this  time.    The  closing  sales  price  of  the 
Company’s Common Stock on December 16, 2016 was $2.30 per share.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

In  addition  to  the  2010  Plan,  the  Company  maintains  the  Technical  Communications 
Corporation 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, which was adopted by the Board of Directors 
in May 2005.  As noted in the Compensation section above, the 2005 Plan permitted the grant of 
non-statutory  stock  options  to  purchase  up  to  200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  employees, 
directors and consultants.  The stated purpose of the 2005 Plan was to promote the success and 
interests of the Company and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging employees, directors 
and consultants of the Company to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company or its subsidiaries 
through the grant of non-statutory options to purchase shares of the Company.  Determinations as 
to  recipients  of  awards,  option  term,  vesting  period  and  exercise  price  were  made  by  the 
Governance Committee in its discretion.  As of December 16, 2016, the Company had issued a 
total of 208,500 options pursuant to the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan expired on May 5, 2015 and as 
of December 16, 2016, no shares remained available for awards under such plan, although options 
to purchase 89,900 shares granted under the 2005 Plan remained outstanding. 

The following table presents information about both the 2010 Plan and the 2005 Plan, each 

as of the fiscal year ended October 1, 2006. 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders . . . 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance 

153,781(1) 

$9.76 

46,219 

Equity compensation plans 
not approved by stockholders. 

89,900(2) 

$6.87 

- 

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
.  
Of the 153,781 options outstanding as of October 1, 2016, 127,081 were exercisable as of 

243,681 

46,219 

$8.69 

(1) 
such date at an average exercise price of $9.76 per share. 
(2) 
date at an average exercise price of $6.87 per share. 

Of the 89,900 options outstanding as of October 1, 2016, all were exercisable as of such 

-36- 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE TO APPROVE THE 
AMENDMENT TO THE TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 2010 
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN. 
PROPOSAL V.  RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Independent Registered Pubic Accounting Firm 

The  Audit  Committee  has  selected  the  firm  of  Moody,  Famiglietti  &  Andronico,  LLP 
(“MFA”),  independent  certified  public  accountants,  to  serve  as  the  Company’s  independent 
registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2017.  MFA acted as the 
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the company’s 2016 and 2015 fiscal 
years. RSM US LLP (formerly McGladrey LLP) (“RSM”) acted as TCC’s independent registered 
public  accounting  firm  for  the  Company’s  2014  fiscal  year.  Effective  May 22,  2015,  RSM  was 
dismissed  as  the  independent  certified  public  accounting  firm  of  the  Company.  The  Audit 
Committee  participated  in  and  approved  the  decision  to  change  independent  registered  public 
accounting firms. 

The reports of RSM on the Company’s financial statements for each of the two fiscal years 
immediately preceding its dismissal did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, 
and  were  not  qualified  or  modified  as  to  uncertainty,  audit  scope,  or  accounting  principles. 
Moreover, in connection with the audits of the Company’s financial statements for each of the two 
most recent fiscal years prior to dismissal and through May 22, 2015, there were no disagreements 
between  the  Company  and  RSM  on  any  matter  of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial 
statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures which disagreement, if not resolved to the 
satisfaction  of  RSM,  would  have  caused  it  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of  such 
disagreement in connection with its reports on the financial statements for such periods. Finally, 
during the Company’s two most recent fiscal years prior to dismissal and through May 22, 2015, 
there were no reportable events (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K) with RSM. 

It is expected that a member of MFA will be present at the Meeting and will be available 

to respond to appropriate questions and make a statement if he or she so desires. 

Fees 

Audit Fees.  The aggregate fees billed by MFA for professional services rendered for the 
audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal year 2016, and the reviews of the 
financial  statements  included  in  the  Company’s  quarterly  reports  during  fiscal  year  2016,  were 
approximately $42,000 (of total audit fees for fiscal 2016 of $87,000, the remainder of which will 
be billed in fiscal year 2017). The aggregate fees billed by MFA and RSM for professional services 
rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal year 2015, and the 
reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports during fiscal year 
2015, were approximately $94,880, of which $59,000 was billed by MFA and $35,880 was billed 
by RSM. 

Audit-Related  Fees.    No  fees  were  billed  by  MFA  or  RSM  for  assurance  and  related 
services  that  were  reasonably  related  to  the  performance  of  such  firm’s  audit  or  review  of  the 
Company’s financial statements for fiscal years 2016 and 2015. 

Tax Fees.  The aggregate fees billed by MFA for professional services rendered for tax 
compliance, tax advice and tax planning for the Company for fiscal year 2016 was approximately 

-37- 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$16,500. The aggregate fees billed by RSM for professional services rendered for tax compliance, 
tax  advice  and  tax  planning  for  the  Company  for  fiscal  year  2015  was  approximately  $18,800. 
These amounts represent those billed for tax return preparation and tax advice for the Company 
and its subsidiary.  

All Other Fees.   No fees were billed by MFA or RSM for products or services provided 

other than those otherwise described above for fiscal years 2016 and 2015. 

Pre-Approval Policies 

It is the policy of the Audit Committee to pre-approve the audit and permissible non-audit 
services performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in order to 
ensure that the provision of such services does not impair such firm’s independence, in appearance 
or fact.  In fiscal year 2016, the Audit Committee pre-approved all such services performed by 
MFA. 

Ratification 

Stockholder ratification of the appointment of the Company’s independent registered public 
accounting firm is not required by the Company’s By-laws or otherwise, but is being done as a 
matter  of  good  corporate  governance.    If  stockholders  fail  to  ratify  the  selection,  the  Audit 
Committee will reconsider this selection.  Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in 
its discretion may direct the appointment of a different independent registered public accounting 
firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests of 
the Company and its stockholders. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the  matter  is  required  for  the  ratification  of  the  selection  of  the  independent  registered  public 
accounting  firm.    Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes  will  not  be  included  in  the  totals  for  the 
proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE RATIFICATION 
OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  
FOR FISCAL YEAR 2017. 

-38- 

38

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS 
AND MANAGEMENT 

The following table shows, as of December 16, 2016, the beneficial ownership of Common 
Stock of the Company by (i) any person or group who is known to the Company to be the beneficial 
owner of more than 5% of the Company’s Common Stock, (ii) each of TCC’s current directors and 
nominees, (iii) each of the Company’s named executive officers, and (iv) all current directors and 
executive officers of the Company as a group. As of December 16, 2016, there were 1,839,877 
shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner(1) 

Amount and Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership(1) 

Percent of Class  

Francisco F. Blanco 

Mitchell B. Briskin 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Thomas E. Peoples 

Michael P. Malone 

All current directors, executive 
officers and 5% holders as a group  
(5 persons) 

8,400 (2) 

32,677(3) 

335,759(4) 

28,490(5) 

90,756(6) 

496,082(7) 

0.5% 

1.8% 

17.9% 

1.5% 

4.9% 

25.4% 

(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and 
investment  power  with  respect  to  the  shares  set  forth  opposite  such  person’s  name. 
With respect to each person or group, percentages are calculated based on the number 
of shares beneficially owned, including shares that may be acquired by such person or 
group, within 60 days of December 16, 2016, upon the exercise of stock options or 
other purchase rights, but not the exercise of options or warrants held by any other 
person.    The  address  of  Messrs.  Blanco,  Briskin,  Guild,  Peoples  and  Malone  is  c/o 
Technical Communications Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 
01742. 

(2)  Represents 8,400 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(3)  Includes 25,900 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(4)  Includes 37,800 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, and 297,959 shares 

held jointly by Mr. Guild and his wife. 

(5)  Includes 28,400 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(6)  Includes 10,501 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(7)  Includes an aggregate 111,001 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 

Change in Control 

The Company knows of no arrangements (including any pledge by any person of securities 

of TCC) that may result or have resulted in a change in control of the Company. 

-39- 

39

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Other Matters 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  is  not  aware  of  any  matter,  other  than  those 
described above, that may come before the Meeting.  However, if any other matters are properly 
presented to the Meeting for action, it is intended that the persons named in the enclosed proxy card 
will vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment. 

Stockholder Proposals for 2018 Annual Meeting 

Proposals  of  stockholders  for  inclusion  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  form  of  proxy, 
including director nominees, for the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must be 
received by the Company at its principal executive offices no later than September 11, 2017, and 
must  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  federal  securities  laws  and  the  Company’s 
nomination procedures as discussed herein.  Stockholder proposals received outside this process 
will be considered untimely if the Company is not provided written notice thereof at least 45 days 
prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of this year’s proxy materials, as set forth on the 
first page of this Proxy Statement, or November 25, 2017.  In order to curtail controversy as to the 
date  on  which  the  Company  received  a  proposal,  it  is  suggested  that  proponents  submit  their 
proposals by certified mail, return receipt requested. 

Expenses and Solicitations 

The  cost  of  the  solicitation  of  proxies  will  be  borne  by  the  Company.    Proxies  will  be 
solicited principally through the mail.  Further solicitation of proxies from some stockholders may 
be personally made by directors, officers and regular employees of the Company, by telephone, 
electronic mail, facsimile or special letter.  No additional compensation, except for reimbursement 
of  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses,  will  be  paid  for  any  such  further  solicitation  by  such 
individuals.   

In  addition,  the  Company  may  request  banks,  brokers,  custodians,  nominees,  and 
fiduciaries to forward copies of the Company’s proxy materials to those persons for whom they 
hold shares to request instructions for voting the proxies.  The Company will reimburse any such 
persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs. 

Householding 

Certain stockholders who share the same address may receive only one copy of this Proxy 
Statement (which includes the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) and the  2016 
Annual Report to Stockholders in accordance with a notice delivered from such stockholders’ bank, 
broker  or  other  holder  of  record,  unless  the  applicable  bank,  broker  or  other  holder  of  record 
received  contrary  instructions.  This  practice,  known  as  “householding,”  is  designed  to  reduce 
printing and postage costs. If you own your shares through a bank, broker or other holder of record 
and wish to either stop or begin householding, you may do so, or you may request a separate copy 
of this Proxy Statement (which includes the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) or 
the Annual Report, either by contacting your bank, broker or other holder of record at the telephone 
number or address provided in the above referenced notice, or by contacting TCC via telephone at 
(978)  287-5100  or  in  writing  at  Technical  Communications  Corporation,  100  Domino  Drive, 
Concord,  Massachusetts,  01742,  Attention:  Investor  Relations.    If  you  request  to  begin  or  stop 

-40- 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
householding, you should provide your name, the name of your broker, bank or other record holder, 
and your account information. 

Annual Report of Form 10-K 

The Company will provide, upon written request and without charge to each stockholder 
entitled to vote at the Meeting, a copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with 
the Commission for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2016.  A request for copies of such report 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Company  at  100  Domino  Drive,  Concord,  Massachusetts  01742, 
Attention: Investor Relations. 

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

-41- 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX I 

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 
(as amended and restated) 

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

-i-

I-i

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ARTICLE 1. 

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND DURATION 

ARTICLE 2. 

DEFINITIONS 

ARTICLE 3. 

ADMINISTRATION 

ARTICLE 4. 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS 

ARTICLE 5. 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 

ARTICLE 6. 

STOCK OPTIONS 

ARTICLE 7. 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

ARTICLE 8. 

RESTRICTED STOCK 

ARTICLE 9. 

PERFORMANCE MEASURES 

ARTICLE 10.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 

ARTICLE 11.  DEFERRALS 

ARTICLE 12.  RETENTION RIGHTS; TERMINATION FOR CAUSE 

PAGE 

I-1 

I-1 

I-4 

I-5 

I-6 

I-7 

I-10 

I-11 

I-13 

I-13 

I-13 

I-14 

ARTICLE 13.  AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENTS  I-14 

ARTICLE 14. 

PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS 

ARTICLE 15.  CHANGE IN CONTROL 

ARTICLE 16.  WITHHOLDING 

ARTICLE 17. 

INDEMNIFICATION 

ARTICLE 18. 

SUCCESSORS 

ARTICLE 19. 

LEGAL CONSTRUCTION 

I-15 

I-16 

I-17 

I-18 

I-19 

I-19

-ii-

I-ii

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

ARTICLE 1.   ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND DURATION 

1.1. 

Establishment  of  the  Plan;  Effective  Date.  Technical  Communications 
Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  “Company”),  hereby  establishes  an 
incentive compensation plan to be known as the “Technical Communications Corporation 
2010 Equity Incentive Plan” (the “Plan”), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits 
the  grant  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Options,  Incentive  Stock  Options,  Stock  Appreciation 
Rights, and Restricted Stock.  The Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors 
on July 29, 2010, subject to stockholder approval (the “Effective Date”), and shall remain 
in effect as provided in Section 1.3 hereof. 

1.2. 

Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and 
interests of the Company and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging Participants 
to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company and its Subsidiaries through the grant of 
Awards that are consistent with the Company’s goals and that link the personal interests of 
Participants to those of the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan is further intended to enable 
the Company to attract, retain and motivate Participants whose services are critical to the 
success  of  the  Company  and  align  the  interests  of  such  individuals  with  those  of  the 
Company. 

1.3.  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as 
described in Section 1.1 hereof, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board 
of Directors of the Company to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 
13  hereof,  until  all  Shares  subject  to  the  Plan  shall  have  been  purchased  or  acquired 
according to the Plan’s provisions.  However, in no event may an Award be granted under 
the Plan on or after July 29, 2020. 

ARTICLE 2.  DEFINITIONS 

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth 
below, and when that meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized: 

2.1. 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of 

the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. 

2.2. 

“Award”  means,  individually  or  collectively,  a  grant  under  the  Plan  of 
Nonqualified  Stock  Options,  Incentive  Stock  Options,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  or 
Restricted Stock. 

2.3. 

“Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the Company and 
a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted to the 
Participant under this Plan. 

2.4. 

“Beneficial  Owner”  or  “Beneficial  Ownership”  shall  have  the  meaning 
ascribed to such terms in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated 
under the Exchange Act. 

-1-

I-1

 
 
  
 
2.5. 

“Benefit  Arrangement”  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  Article  14 

hereof. 

2.6. 
Company. 

“Board”  or  “Board  of  Directors”  means  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 

2.7. 

“Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3 hereof. 

2.8. 

“Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.1 hereof. 

2.9. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time 

to time, or any successor thereto. 

2.10.  “Committee” means any committee appointed by the Board to administer 

the Plan in accordance with and as specified in Article 3 hereof. 

2.11.  “Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.10 par value per share, of 

the Company. 

2.12.  “Company”  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to  such  term  in  Section  1.1 
hereof, and shall include any and all Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and any successor thereto 
as provided in Article 15 hereof. 

2.13.  “Consultant”  means  any  person  who  is  engaged  by  the  Company  or  any 
Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company or 
any Subsidiary as an independent contractor.  Service as a Consultant shall be considered 
employment for all purposes of the Plan, except for purposes of an ISO grant under Article 
6 hereof. 

2.14.  “Covered  Employee”  means  a  Participant  who,  as  of  the  date  of  vesting 
and/or payout of an Award, as applicable, is one of the group of “covered employees,” as 
such term is defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m), or any 
successor statute. 

2.15.  “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors 

of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. 

2.16.  “Disability”  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to  such  term  in  the 
Participant’s governing long-term disability plan, or if no such plan exists, shall mean a 
disability described in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code, the existence of which is determined 
at the discretion of the Committee. 

2.17.  “Effective Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 

1.1 hereof. 

2.18.  “Employee” means any full-time, active employee of the Company or its 

Subsidiaries or Affiliates, including officers and Directors.  

-2-

I-2

 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

2.19.  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 

from time to time, or any successor thereto. 

2.20.  “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock means, as of any given 
date, (a) the closing sales price of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape, as 
reported  by  The  Wall  Street  Journal,  on  such  date  on  the  principal  national  securities 
exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded or, (b) if the Common Stock is not 
then  traded  on  a  national  securities  exchange,  the  average  of  the  closing  bid  and  asked 
prices of the Common Stock on such date as furnished by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin 
Board (“OTCBB”) or Pink Sheets, LLC (the “Pink Sheets”); provided, however, that if 
there are no sales reported on such date, fair market value shall be computed as of the last 
trading date preceding such date on which a sale was reported; provided, further, that if any 
such exchange or quotation system is closed on the date of determination, fair market value 
shall  be  determined  as  of  the  first  day  immediately  preceding  such  date  on  which  such 
exchange or quotation system was open for trading.  If the Common Stock is not admitted 
to trade on a securities exchange or quoted on the OTCBB or Pink Sheets, the fair market 
value shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee, taking into account such facts 
and circumstances deemed to be material to the value of the Common Stock.   

2.21.  “Freestanding SAR” means an SAR that is granted independently of any 

options, as described in Article 7 hereof. 

2.22.  “Incentive  Stock  Option”  or  “ISO”  means  an  option  to  purchase  Shares 
granted under Article 6 hereof that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and that is 
intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422. 

2.23.  “Non-Employee  Director”  shall  mean  a  Director  who  is  not  also  an 
Employee.  Service as a Non-Employee Director shall be considered employment for all 
purposes of the Plan, except for purposes of an ISO grant under Article 6 hereof. 

2.24.  “Non-Qualified  Stock  Option”  or  “NQSO”  means  an  option  to  purchase 
Shares granted under Article 6 hereof that is not intended to meet the requirements of Code 
Section 422 or otherwise qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. 

2.25.  “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, 

as described in Article 6 hereof. 

2.26.  “Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a 

Participant pursuant to an Option. 

2.27.  “OTCBB” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Fair Market 

Value in Section 2.20 herein. 

2.28.  “Other Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 14 hereof. 

2.29.  “Parachute Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 14 hereof. 

-3-

I-3

 
 
 
 
2.30.  “Participant” means an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant 
who has been selected to receive an Award or who has outstanding an Award granted under 
the Plan. 

2.31.  “Performance-Based  Exception”  means  the  performance-based  exception 

from the tax deductibility limitations of Code Section 162(m). 

2.32.  “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares 
of Restricted Stock is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement 
of  performance  goals  or  upon  the  occurrence  of  other  events  as  determined  by  the 
Committee, at its discretion), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, 
as provided in Article 8 hereof. 

2.33.  “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of 
the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as 
defined in Section 13(d) thereof. 

2.34.  “Pink  Sheets”  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  the  definition  of  Fair 

Market Value in Section 2.20 herein. 

2.35.  “Plan” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof, 

as the same is amended from time to time. 

2.36.  “Restricted  Stock”  means  an  Award  granted  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to 

Article 8 hereof. 

2.37.  “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time 

to time, or any successor thereto. 

2.38.  “Shares” means the shares of the Common Stock of the Company, as the 

same may be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.3 herein. 

2.39.  “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award designated as an 

SAR pursuant to the terms of Article 7 hereof. 

2.40.  “Subsidiary”  shall  have  the  meaning  given  to  the  term  “subsidiary 

corporation” in Section 424(f) of the Code. 

ARTICLE 3.  ADMINISTRATION 

3.1. 

The  Committee.    The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Compensation, 
Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board (or any successor thereto) consisting 
of not less than two (2) members who meet the “non-employee director” requirements of 
Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the “outside director” requirements 
of Code Section 162(m); by any other committee appointed by the Board, provided the 
members of such committee meet such requirements; or by the full Board acting as the 
Committee with the powers and duties set forth herein.  No member of the Committee shall 
be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any 

-4-

I-4

 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Awards  granted  under  the  Plan.    A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Committee  shall 
constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee under the Plan may be made 
at a meeting at which a quorum is present by the vote of a majority of the members of the 
Committee or by a writing in lieu of a meeting signed by all members of the Committee.  
Meetings may be held by telephone conference or similar communication equipment by 
means of which all persons participating can hear each other. 

3.2.  Authority of the Committee.  Except as limited by law or by the Articles of 
Organization  or  Bylaws  of  the  Company,  and  subject  to  the  provisions  hereof,  the 
Committee shall have full power to (a) determine the Participants to whom Awards shall 
be granted under the Plan; (b) determine the timing, size and type of Awards; (c) determine 
the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to Awards in a manner consistent with the 
Plan,  including  but  not  limited  to  price,  method  of  payment,  vesting,  exercisability  and 
termination; (d) establish the Fair Market Value of a Share in accordance with the Plan; (e) 
establish one or more form agreements to evidence and memorialize the grant of an Award; 
(f) construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the 
Plan; (g) establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and, 
(f) subject to the provisions of Article 13 and Section 19.6 hereof, amend, modify or adjust 
the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award, including acceleration of vesting and 
extension  of  exercise  terms,  to  the  extent  such  terms  and  conditions  are  within  the 
discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan.  Further, the Committee shall make 
all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the 
Plan.  As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority as identified herein. 

3.3.  Decisions Binding.  All determinations, decisions and interpretations made 
by  the  Committee  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  and  all  related  orders  and 
resolutions of the Board and the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all 
persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants and their estates 
and beneficiaries. 

ARTICLE 4.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS 

4.1.  Number  of  Shares  Available  For  Grant.    Subject  to  Sections  4.2  and  4.3 
hereof, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to 
Awards  granted  to  Participants  under  the  Plan  shall  be  Four  Hundred  Thousand 
(400,000) Shares.  Shares issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Common 
Stock.  Unless the Committee determines that an Award to a Covered Employee shall not 
be designed to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, the following rules shall 
apply to all grants of such Awards under the Plan, subject to Sections 4.2 and 4.3 hereof: 

(a) 

Stock Options and SARS:  The maximum aggregate number of Shares that 
may be issued pursuant to Stock Options, with or without Freestanding SARs, granted in 
any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be Forty Thousand (40,000). 

(b) 

Restricted Stock:  The maximum aggregate grant with respect to Awards of 
Restricted Stock that are intended  to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, and 

-5-

I-5

 
 
 
 
that  are  granted  in  any  one  fiscal  year  to  any  one  Participant  shall  be  Forty  Thousand 
(40,000) Shares. 

4.2. 

Lapsed  Awards.    If  any  Award  granted  under  this  Plan  is  canceled, 
terminates,  expires  or  lapses  for  any  reason  without  having  been  exercised  in  full,  any 
Shares  subject  to  such  Award  that  remain  unpurchased  shall  be  available  for  the  future 
grant of an Award under the Plan.  In addition, any Shares retained by the Company upon 
exercise  of  an  Award  in  order  to  satisfy  the  exercise  price  of  such  Award,  or  any 
withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise, shall be treated as not issued and shall 
continue to be available under the Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, 
shares issued and later repurchased by the Company shall not become available for future 
grant or sale under the Plan.   

4.3.  Adjustments  to  Common  Stock.  In  the  event  of  any  stock  split,  stock 
dividend,  recapitalization,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  combination  of  shares, 
exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off, split-up, or other similar change in capitalization 
or event, (a) the number and class of securities available for Awards under the Plan and the 
per  Participant  share  limit,  (b)  the  number  and  class  of  securities,  vesting  schedule  and 
exercise price per share subject to each outstanding Award, (iii) the repurchase price per 
security subject to repurchase, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding stock-based 
Award shall be adjusted (or substituted Awards may be made) to the extent the Committee 
shall  determine,  in  good  faith,  that  such  an  adjustment  (or  substitution)  is  appropriate.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such adjustments shall be made to the extent necessary and 
in such a manner as to avoid any Award granted hereunder being classified as a deferral of 
compensation  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  409A,  and  the  regulations  and/or 
guidance issued thereunder.  

ARTICLE 5.  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 

5.1. 

Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Consultants, 
Non-Employee Directors and Employees of the Company with the potential to contribute 
to the success of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including Employees who are members 
of the Board. 

5.2.  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee 
may, from time to time, select from all eligible Participants those to whom Awards shall 
be granted, and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.  The Committee 
shall consider such factors as it deems relevant in selecting Participants to receive Awards 
and the terms, provisions and restrictions with respect thereto.  The grant of an Award in 
one year or at any particular time shall not require the grant of an Award in any other year 
or at any other time.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options that the Committee intends 
to be ISOs shall be granted only to Employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Any 
Option or portion thereof that does not qualify as an ISO shall be and shall be treated as a 
NQSO. 

-6-

I-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

ARTICLE 6.  STOCK OPTIONS 

6.1.  Grant of Options; Timing.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, 
Options may be granted at any time and from time to time to Participants in such number, 
at such Option Price, and upon such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the 
Committee.  The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the 
Board makes the determination to grant such Option.  Notice of the determination shall be 
given to the Participant within a reasonable time after the date of grant. 

6.2.  Option  Award  Agreement.    Each  Option  grant  shall  be  evidenced  by  an 
Award  Agreement  in  such  form  or  forms  as  the  Committee  shall  approve,  which  shall 
specify the Option Price, the duration of the option, the number of Shares to which the 
option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but 
not limited to vesting periods, performance targets and restrictions on transfer.  The Award 
Agreement  shall  also  specify  whether  the  option  is  intended  to  be  an  ISO  within  the 
meaning of Code Section 422, or an NQSO, whose grant is intended not to fall under the 
provisions  of  Code  Section  422.    In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  any  Option  Award 
Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control, and in no event shall the Committee have 
the power to grant an Option or execute an Option Award Agreement that is contrary to 
the provisions of the Plan.   

6.3.  Option Price.  The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Plan 
shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share 
on the date the Option is granted.  If any Participant to whom an Incentive Stock Option is 
to be granted under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, the 
owner of stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power 
of all classes of stock of the Company (after taking into account the attribution of stock 
ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code), then the Option Price per Share subject to 
such ISO shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value 
of a share of Common Stock at the time of grant. 

6.4.  Duration of Options.  Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at 
such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, that 
no Option shall have a term greater than, or be exercisable after, the tenth anniversary date 
of  its  grant  and  provided  further  that  no  Option  shall  be  exercisable  later  than  the  fifth 
anniversary date of its date of grant for an ISO granted to a Participant who at the time of 
such  grant  owns  stock  possessing  more  than  ten  percent  (10%)  or  more  of  the  total 
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company. 

6.5. 

Exercise  of  Options.    Options  granted  under  this  Article  6  shall  be 
exercisable  in  whole  or  in  part  at  such  times  and  be  subject  to  such  restrictions  and 
conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, subject to Section 6.10 herein, 
which  restrictions  and  conditions  need  not  be  the  same  for  each  grant  or  for  each 
Participant.  Options granted under this Article 6 shall be deemed to be exercised when 
written  notice  of  such  exercise  has  been  given  to  the  Company  at  its  principal  office 
(Attention:  Chief  Financial  Officer)  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Option  Award 
Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option, setting forth the number of Shares 

-7-

I-7

 
 
 
 
with  respect  to  which  the  Option  is  to  be  exercised,  full  payment  for  such  Shares  in 
accordance with Section 6.6 herein has been received by the Company, and all conditions 
to exercise have been satisfied or waived. 

6.6. 

Payment.   

(a) 

The  Option  Price  upon  exercise  of  any  Option  shall  be  payable  to  the 
Company  in  full  in  a  form  as  determined  by  the  Committee  either:    (i)  in  cash  (or  its 
equivalent)  or  bank  or  cashier’s  check  made  payable  to  the  Company;  (ii)  by  tendering 
previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise 
equal to the total Option Price (provided that, under certain circumstances, the Shares that 
are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their 
tender); (iii) by withholding Shares that otherwise would be acquired on exercise having 
an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price; or 
(iv) by any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  If the Company is then 
allowing the exercise of Options pursuant to a same-day sale/cashless exercise program, 
the  consideration  received  by  the  Company  from  a  broker  pursuant  to  such  program 
(provided that such program shall not involve the Company’s extending or arranging for 
the extension of credit to a Participant) may also be acceptable consideration hereunder.  In 
no circumstance shall a Participant be entitled to pay the Option Price with a promissory 
note. 

(b) 

Subject to any governing laws, rules or regulations, as soon as practicable 
after  receipt  of  a  written  notification  of  exercise  and  full  payment,  the  Company  shall 
deliver  to  the  Participant,  in  the  Participant’s  name,  Share  certificates  in  an  appropriate 
amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option(s). Until the issuance 
(as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized 
transfer  agent  of  the  Company)  of  the  stock  certificate  or  certificates  representing  such 
Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other right of a shareholder shall exist 
with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment shall 
be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock 
certificate is issued, except as otherwise provided in this Plan. 

6.7.  Restrictions  on  Share  Transferability.    The  Committee  may  impose  such 
restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this 
Article  6  as  it  may  deem  advisable,  including,  without  limitation,  restrictions  under 
applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market 
upon  which  such  Shares  are  then  listed  and/or  traded,  and  under  any  blue  sky  or  state 
securities laws applicable to such Shares. 

6.8. 

Termination  of  Employment  or  Consulting  Arrangement.    Subject  to 
Sections 6.10 below with respect to ISOs and Section 12.3 generally, each Option Award 
Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise 
the  Option  following  termination  of  the  Participant’s  employment  or  consulting 
arrangement with the Company.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion 
of  the  Committee,  shall  be  included  in  the  Award  Agreement  entered  into  with  each 

-8-

I-8

 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Participant, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to this Article 6, and 
may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.   

6.9.  Non-transferability of Options. 

(a) 

Incentive  Stock  Options.    No  ISO  granted  under  the  Plan  may  be  sold, 
transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or 
by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, all ISOs granted to a Participant under the 
Plan  shall  be  exercisable  during  his  or  her  lifetime  only  by  such  Participant  or  the 
Participant’s legal representative (to the extent permitted under Code Section 422). 

(b) 

Nonqualified Stock Options.  No NQSO granted under this Article 6 may 
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than 
by  will  or  by  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution.    Further,  all  NQSOs  granted  to  a 
Participant under this Article 6 shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such 
Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 
Committee may in its sole discretion permit a Participant to transfer all or some of such 
Participant’s NQSOs to such Participant’s immediate family members or a trust or trusts 
for  the  benefit  of  such  immediate  family  members.    For  purposes  hereof,  “immediate 
family members” means a Participant’s spouse, children and grandchildren. 

6.10. 

Incentive Stock Options. 

(a) 

Limitations.  For as long as the Code shall so provide, Options granted to 
any Participant under the Plan which are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options 
shall  not  constitute  Incentive  Stock  Options  to  the  extent  that  such  Options,  in  the 
aggregate, become exercisable for the first time in any one (1) calendar year for shares of 
Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date 
or dates of grant) of more than $100,000 (or such other maximum limit imposed from time 
to time under Code Section 422), but rather Options in excess of such limit shall be treated 
as NQSOs.  In such an event, the determination of which Options shall remain ISOs and 
which shall be treated as NQSOs shall be based on the order in which such Options were 
granted.  All other terms and conditions of such Options that are deemed to be NQSOs 
shall remain unchanged. 

(b) 

Employment Rules. No Incentive Stock Option may be exercised unless, at 
the time of such exercise, the Participant is, and has been continuously since the date of 
grant of his or her Option, an Employee of the Company, except that: 

(i) 

an  Incentive  Stock  Option  may  be  exercised  within  the 
period of three (3) months after the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee of the 
Company  (or  within  such  lesser  period  as  may  be  specified  in  the  applicable  Award 
Agreement) if and only to the extent that the Incentive Stock Option was exercisable at the 
date of employment termination, provided that the Option Award Agreement with respect 
to such Option may designate a longer exercise period, and any exercise after such three-
month period shall be treated as the exercise of a NQSO under the Plan; 

-9-

I-9

(ii) 

if the Participant dies while an Employee of the Company, 
or within three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be an Employee, the Incentive 
Stock Option may be exercised by the person to whom it is transferred by will or the laws 
of descent and distribution within the period of one year after the date of death (or within 
such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable Option Award Agreement) if and 
only to the extent that the ISO was exercisable at the date of death; and 

(iii) 

if the Participant becomes disabled (within the meaning of 
Section 22(e)(3) or any successor section of the Code) while an Employee of the Company, 
the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised within the period of one (1) year after the date 
the Participant ceases to be an Employee because of such Disability (or within such lesser 
period as may be specified in the applicable Option Award Agreement) if and only to the 
extent that the ISO was exercisable at the date of employment termination. 

ARTICLE 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

7.1.  Grant of SARS.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may 
be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the 
Committee.  The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of 
SARs  granted  to  each  Participant  (subject  to  Article  4  hereof)  and,  consistent  with  the 
provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.  
The grant price of a Freestanding SAR shall equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the 
date of grant of the SAR.   

7.2. 

Exercise of SARS.  Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever 
terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.  SARS shall 
be  deemed  to  be  exercised  when  written  notice  of  such  exercise  has  been  given  to  the 
Company at its principal office (Attention: Chief Financial Officer) in accordance with the 
terms of the SAR Award Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the SAR, setting 
forth the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised, and the other 
provisions of this Article 7 with respect to exercise have been satisfied or waived. 

7.3. 

SAR  Agreements.    Each  SAR  grant  shall  be  evidenced  by  an  Award 
Agreement in such form or forms as the Committee shall approve, which shall specify the 
grant  price,  the  term  of  the  SAR,  and  such  other  provisions  as  the  Committee  shall 
determine.  In the event of a conflict between any SAR Award Agreement and the Plan, 
the Plan shall control, and in no event shall the Committee have the power to grant a SAR 
or execute a SAR Award Agreement that is contrary to the provisions of the Plan. 

7.4. 

Term  of  SARS.    The  term  of  an  SAR  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Committee,  in  its  sole  discretion;  provided,  however,  that  such  term 
shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. 

7.5. 

Payment of SAR Amount.  Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be 

entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying: 

(a) 

the  difference  between  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  a  Share  on  the  date  of 

exercise and the grant price; by 

-10-

I-10

 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

(b) 

the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. 

At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, 
in  Shares  of  equivalent  value  or  in  some  combination  thereof.    The  Committee’s 
determination regarding the form of SAR payout shall be set forth in the Award Agreement 
pertaining to the grant of the SAR. 

7.6. 

Termination  of  Employment  or  Consulting  Arrangement.    Each  SAR 
Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to 
exercise  the  SAR  following  termination  of  the  Participant’s  employment  or  consulting 
arrangement with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.  Subject to Section 12.3 herein, 
such  provisions  shall  be  determined  in  the  sole  discretion  of  the  Committee,  shall  be 
included  in  the  Award  Agreement  entered  into  with  Participants,  need  not  be  uniform 
among  all  SARs  issued  pursuant  to  the  Plan  and  may  reflect  distinctions  based  on  the 
reasons for termination of employment. 

7.7.  Non-transferability of SARS.  No SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, 
transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or 
by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, all SARs granted to a Participant under 
the  Plan  shall  be  exercisable  during  his  or  her  lifetime  only  by  such  Participant  or  the 
Participant’s legal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in 
its sole discretion permit a Participant to transfer all or some of such Participant’s SARs to 
such Participant’s immediate family members or a trust or trusts for the benefit of such 
immediate  family  members.    Following  any  such  transfer,  any  transferred  SARs  shall 
continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately 
prior to the transfer. 

ARTICLE 8.  RESTRICTED STOCK 

8.1.  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, 
the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to 
Participants  in  such  amounts,  at  such  prices  and  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Committee shall determine. 

8.2.  Restricted  Stock  Agreement.    Each  Restricted  Stock  grant  shall  be 
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement in such form or forms as the Committee 
shall approve, which shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of 
Restricted Stock granted and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  In 
the event of a conflict between any Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan, the 
Plan shall control, and in no event shall the Committee have the power to grant Shares of 
Restricted Stock or execute a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that is contrary to the 
provisions of the Plan. 

8.3. 

Transferability.  The Shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may 
not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the 
end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in 
the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, 

-11-

I-11

as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock 
Award Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant 
under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant or the 
Participant’s legal representatives. 

8.4.  Other Restrictions.  Subject to Article 9 hereof, the Committee shall impose 
such  other  conditions  and/or  restrictions  on  any  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock  granted 
pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement 
that  Participants  pay  a  stipulated  purchase  price  for  each  share  of  Restricted  Stock, 
restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals (Company-wide, 
divisional and/or individual), time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment 
of  the  performance  goals  and/or  restrictions  under  applicable  federal  or  state  securities 
laws.  The Company may retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in 
the Company’s possession, along with a stock power endorsed in blank, until such time as 
all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied and may 
imprint  on  such  certificates  appropriate  legends  referring  to  the  term,  conditions  and 
restrictions  applicable  to  such  Shares.    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Article  8, 
Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan 
shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the applicable Period 
of Restriction.  Upon the expiration of the Period of Restriction or other lapse or waiver of 
any  restrictions  relating  to  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock,  the  Company  shall  deliver 
certificates without legends (other than those required by applicable securities laws) to the 
Participant. 

8.5.  Voting  Rights;  Dividends  and  other  Distributions.    The  Participant  shall 
have  the  right  to  vote  all  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock  during  the  Period  of  Restriction. 
During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted 
hereunder  may  be  credited  with  dividends  and  distributions  paid  with  respect  to  the 
underlying Shares while they are so held.  The Committee may apply any restrictions to 
the dividends and distributions that the Committee deems appropriate.  Without limiting 
the generality of the preceding sentence, if the grant or vesting of Restricted Shares granted 
to a Covered Employee is designed to comply with the requirements of the Performance-
Based Exception, the Committee may apply any restrictions it deems appropriate to the 
payment  of  dividends  declared  with  respect  to  such  Restricted  Shares,  such  that  the 
dividends  and/or  the  Restricted  Shares  maintain  eligibility  for  the  Performance-Based 
Exception. 

8.6. 

Termination of Employment or Consulting Arrangement.  Each Restricted 
Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the 
right  to  receive  unvested  Restricted  Shares  following  termination  of  the  Participant’s 
employment or consulting arrangement with the Company.  Subject to Section 12.3 herein, 
such  provisions  shall  be  determined  in  the  sole  discretion  of  the  Committee,  shall  be 
included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform 
among  all  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock  issued  pursuant  to  the  Plan  and  may  reflect 
distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment; provided, however, that 
except in the cases of terminations by reason of death or Disability, the vesting of Shares 
of Restricted Stock that qualify for the Performance-Based Exception and that are held by 

-12-

I-12

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

Covered  Employees  shall  occur  at  the  time  they  otherwise  would  have,  but  for  the 
employment termination. 

ARTICLE 9.  PERFORMANCE MEASURES 

Unless  and  until  the  Committee  proposes  for  stockholder  vote  and  stockholders 
approve  a  change  in  the  general  performance  measures  set  forth  in  this  Article  9,  the 
attainment of which may determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to 
Awards  to  Covered  Employees  that  are  designed  to  qualify  for  the  Performance-Based 
Exception,  the  performance  measure(s)  to  be  used  for  purposes  of  such  grants  shall  be 
chosen  from  among  net  income  either  before  or  after  taxes,  market  share,  customer 
satisfaction,  profits,  share  price,  earnings  per  share,  total  stockholder  return,  return  on 
assets, return on equity, operating income, return on capital or investments, or economic 
value added (including, but not limited to, any or all of such measures in comparison to the 
Company’s competitors, the industry or some other comparable group). 

The Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree 
of attainment of the pre-established performance goals; provided, however, that Awards 
that  are  designed  to  qualify  for  the  Performance-Based  Exception,  and  that  are  held  by 
Covered Employees, may not be adjusted upward (the Committee shall retain the discretion 
to adjust such Awards downward, however). 

In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee 
discretion  to  alter  the  governing  performance  measures  without  obtaining  stockholder 
approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes 
without  obtaining  stockholder  approval.    In  addition,  in  the  event  that  the  Committee 
determines that it is advisable to grant Awards that shall not qualify for the Performance-
Based  Exception,  the  Committee  may  make  such  grants  without  satisfying  the 
requirements of Code Section 162(m). 

ARTICLE 10.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 

Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, designate any beneficiary 
or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit 
under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all 
of  such  benefit.    Each  such  designation  shall  revoke  all  prior  designations  by  the  same 
Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when 
filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.  In 
the  absence  of  any  such  designation,  the  Participant’s  benefits  shall  be  paid  to  the 
Participant’s estate. 

ARTICLE 11.  DEFERRALS 

The  Committee  may  permit  or  require  a  Participant  to  defer  such  Participant’s 
receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to 
such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option or SAR, or the lapse or waiver of 
restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock.  If any such deferral election is required or 
permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for 

-13-

I-13

such payment deferrals.  Any such deferrals shall be made in a manner that complies with 
Code Section 409A. 

ARTICLE 12.   RETENTION RIGHTS; TERMINATION FOR CAUSE 

12.1.  Employment.    Neither  the  Plan  nor  any  Award  granted  hereunder  shall 
confer  upon  any  Participant  any  right  with  respect  to  continuation  of  employment, 
consulting or advisory relationship or directorship with the Company, nor shall it interfere 
in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment, 
consulting or advisory relationship or directorship at any time. 

12.2.  Participation.    No  Participant  shall  have  the  right,  in  and  of  itself,  to  be 
selected to receive an Award under this Plan or, having been so selected, to be selected to 
receive a future Award. 

12.3.  Terminations for Cause.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, 
in the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or consulting arrangement 
with the Company for Cause (as defined herein), then such Participant’s rights under any 
then-outstanding Awards shall immediately terminate as of the time of such termination.  
Termination for Cause shall mean any termination for Cause as defined in any employment 
or  similar  agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  Participant  and,  if  no  such 
agreement is then in effect, shall include but not be limited to Participant’s (a) commission 
of  an  act  of  fraud,  embezzlement,  misappropriation  or  theft  or  a  felony,  (b)  gross 
negligence, willful misconduct, insubordination or habitual neglect of duty in carrying out 
his or her duties as a Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director; (c) non-compliance 
with any policy of the Company or the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 
and failure to cure such noncompliance within 15 days of notice thereof from the Company, 
or (d) breach of any material term of any agreement, contract or other arrangement between 
the Participant and the Company regarding Participant’s employment by or engagement 
with the Company, or breach of any duty owed by the Participant to the Company and/or 
its stockholders, in each case as determined by the Board.  In addition to and not in lieu of 
the foregoing, if the Board reasonably believes that a Participant has engaged in any of the 
activities described in clauses (a) – (d) of this Section 12.3, the Board may suspend the 
Participant’s right to exercise or receive any Award pending a determination by the Board. 

ARTICLE 13.   AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, TERMINATION AND 
ADJUSTMENTS 

13.1.  Amendment,  Modification  and  Termination.    Subject  to  the  terms  of  the 
Plan, the Board, upon recommendation of the Committee, may at any time and from time 
to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, that the 
Board shall not amend the Plan in any manner that requires stockholder, regulatory or other 
approval(s) under applicable law, rule or regulation without obtaining such approval(s). 

-14-

I-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

13.2.  Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Non-
recurring Events.  The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, 
and  the  criteria  included  in,  Awards  in  recognition  of  unusual  or  non-recurring  events 
(including,  without  limitation,  the  events  described  in  Section  4.3  hereof)  affecting  the 
Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, 
rules, regulations or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such 
adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or 
potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that unless the 
Committee determines otherwise, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that 
such authority would be inconsistent with the Plan or Awards meeting the requirements of 
Code Section 162(m), as from time to time amended. 

13.3.  Awards Previously Granted.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the 
Plan to the contrary (but subject to Section 13.2 hereof), no termination, amendment or 
modification of the Plan shall adversely affect or impair in any material way any Award 
previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding 
such Award, except that the Plan may be amended in a manner that does not affect Awards 
granted prior to the date of amendment or termination if such amendment is necessary to 
retain the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code or to otherwise comply 
with  applicable  law,  or  such  amendment  does  not  adversely  affect  the  rights  of  the 
Participant. 

13.4.  Compliance with Code Section 162(m).  At all times when Code Section 
162(m)  is  applicable,  all  Awards  granted  under  this  Plan  shall  comply  with  the 
requirements of Code Section 162(m); provided, however, that in the event the Committee 
determines  that  such  compliance  is  not  desired  with  respect  to  any  Award  or  Awards 
available for grant under the Plan, then compliance with Code Section 162(m) will not be 
required.  In addition, in the event that changes are made to Code Section 162(m) to permit 
greater flexibility with respect to any Award or Awards available under the Plan, or in the 
event that modifications are necessary to the Plan or any Awards to comply with Section 
162(m),  the  Committee  may,  subject  to  this  Article  13,  make  any  adjustments  and 
amendments to the Plan and any Awards that the Committee deems appropriate. If any 
provision of the Plan would be in violation of Section 162(m) if applied as written, such 
provision shall not have effect as written and shall be given effect so as to comply with 
Section 162(m) as determined by the Committee in its discretion.   

ARTICLE 14.   PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS 

Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Plan  or  of  any  other  agreement, 
contract  or  understanding  heretofore  or  hereafter  entered  into  by  a  Participant  with  the 
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, except an agreement, contract or understanding 
hereafter  entered  into  that  expressly  modifies  or  excludes  application  of  this  Article  14 
(hereinafter  referred  to  as  an  “Other  Agreement”),  and  notwithstanding  any  formal  or 
informal plan or other arrangement for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to 
the Participant (including groups or classes of Participants or beneficiaries of which the 
Participant is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash or is in 

-15-

I-15

the  form  of  a  benefit  to  or  for  the  Participant  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  a  “Benefit 
Arrangement”), if the Participant is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Code Section 
280G(c), any Option or Restricted Stock held by the Participant and any right to receive 
any payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable or vested (i) to 
the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment or benefit, taking into account all 
other  rights,  payments  or  benefits  to  or  for  the  Participant  under  this  Plan,  all  Other 
Agreements  and  all  Benefit  Arrangements,  would  cause  any  payment  or  benefit  to  the 
Participant under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of 
Code Section 280G(b) as then in effect (a “Parachute Payment”), and (ii) if, as a result of 
receiving a Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the Participant 
from the Company under this Plan, all Other Agreements and all Benefit Arrangements 
would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by the Participant 
without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment.  In the 
event that the receipt of any such right to exercise, vesting, payment or benefit under this 
Plan,  in  conjunction  with  all  other  rights,  payments  or  benefits  to  or  for  the  Participant 
under any Other Agreements or any Benefit Arrangement would cause the Participant to 
be considered to have received a Parachute Payment under this Plan that would have the 
effect of decreasing the after-tax amount received by the Participant as described in clause 
(ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Participant shall have the right, in the Participant’s 
sole discretion, to designate those rights, payments or benefits under this Plan, any Other 
Agreements and any Benefit Arrangements that should be reduced or eliminated so as to 
avoid having the payment or benefit to the Participant under this Plan be deemed to be a 
Parachute Payment. 

ARTICLE 15.  CHANGE IN CONTROL 

15.1.  Definition.    For  purposes  of  this  Plan,  a  “Change  in  Control”  of  the 

Company shall mean any of the following: 

(a) 

the Beneficial Ownership of securities representing more than thirty-three 
percent (33%) of the combined voting power of the Company is acquired by any “person” 
or “group”, as such terms are defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other 
than  the  Company,  any  trustee  or  other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under  an  employee 
benefit  plan  of  the  Company,  or  any  corporation  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the 
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of 
stock of the Company; or 

(b) 

the stockholders of the Company approve a definitive agreement to merge 
or  consolidate  the  Company  with  or  into  another  entity  (other  than  a  merger  or 
consolidation  which  would  result  in  the  voting  securities  of  the  Company  immediately 
prior  to  such  transaction  continuing  to  represent  50%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting 
power  of  the  surviving  entity  immediately  after  such  transaction),  or  to  sell,  exchange, 
transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or adopt a 
plan of liquidation; or 

(c) 

during  any  period  of  three  (3)  consecutive  years,  individuals  who  at  the 
beginning of such period were members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute at 

-16-

I-16

 
 
 
 
(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

least  a  majority  thereof  (unless  the  election,  or  the  nomination  for  election  by  the 
Company’s stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least a majority 
of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period or 
whose election or nomination was previously so approved). 

15.2.  Treatment of Outstanding Awards.  Subject to Section 15.3 hereof, upon the 

occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee may: 

(a) 

provide for the assumption of all outstanding Awards, or the substitution of 
outstanding Awards for new Awards, for equity securities of the surviving, successor or 
purchasing Person, or a parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to 
the number, kind and prices of Shares subject to such Awards as determined in good faith 
by the Board;  

(b) 

provide that the vesting of any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder 
that  remain  outstanding  shall  be  accelerated  that  such  Awards  shall  become  fully  and 
immediately exercisable; 

(c) 

provide  that  any  restrictions  and  deferral  limitations  applicable  to  any 
Restricted Stock shall lapse and all such shares shall be deemed fully vested and free of all 
restrictions;  

(d) 

in the case of the proposed liquidation of the Company, provide that each 
outstanding Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action 
or such other date as fixed by the Board and provide Participants the right to exercise such 
Award prior to such date; and/or 

(e) 

make  any  and  all  other  adjustments  and/or  settlements  of  outstanding 

Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes.   

15.3.  Termination,  Amendment  and  Modifications  of  Change-in-Control 
Provisions.    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  or  any  Award  Agreement 
provision, the provisions of this Article 15 may not be terminated, amended or modified 
on or after the date of an event that is likely to give rise to a Change in Control to affect 
adversely any Award theretofore granted under the Plan without the prior written consent 
of the Participant with respect to said Participant’s outstanding Awards. 

ARTICLE 16.  WITHHOLDING 

16.1.  Tax  Withholding.    The  Company  shall  have  the  power  and  the  right  to 
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company in lieu of withholding, 
an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required 
by law or regulation to be withheld or paid with respect to any taxable event arising as a 
result of this Plan, and the Company may defer issuance of Common Stock upon the grant 
or exercise of an Award unless indemnified to its satisfaction against any liability for any 
such tax. 

-17-

I-17

16.2.  Share Withholding.  With respect to withholding required upon the exercise 
of Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or upon any other 
taxable  event  arising  as  a  result  of  Awards  granted  hereunder,  Participants  may  elect, 
subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole 
or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date 
the tax is to be determined equal to the total tax that could be imposed with respect to said 
transaction.  All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the 
Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its 
sole discretion, deems appropriate. 

16.3.  Determinations;  Procedure.    The  amount  of  withholding  or  tax  payment 
shall be determined by the Committee or its delegate and shall be payable by the Participant 
at such time or times as the Board determines.  An Participant shall be permitted to satisfy 
his or her tax or withholding obligation by (a) having cash withheld from the Participant’s 
salary or other compensation payable by the Company or a Subsidiary, (b) the payment of 
cash  by  the  Participant  to  the  Company,  (c)  the  payment  in  shares  of  Common  Stock 
already owned by the Participant valued at Fair Market Value, and/or (d) the withholding 
from the Award, at the appropriate time, of a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient, 
based  upon  the  Fair  Market  Value  of  such  Common  Stock,  to  satisfy  such  tax  or 
withholding  requirements  as  set  forth  in  Section  16.2  above.    The  Committee  shall  be 
authorized, in its sole and absolute discretion, to establish rules and procedures relating to 
any  such  withholding  methods  it  deems  necessary  or  appropriate    (including,  without 
limitation, rules and procedures relating to elections by Participants who are subject to the 
provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act to have shares of Common Stock withheld 
from an award to meet those withholding obligations). 

ARTICLE 17.  INDEMNIFICATION 

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, 
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, 
liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or reasonably 
incurred  by  him  or  her  in  connection  with  or  resulting  from  any  claim,  action,  suit  or 
proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by 
reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all 
amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by 
him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against 
him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, 
to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his 
or her own behalf and provided further that indemnification shall not be available for any 
action taken or failure to act by such person in bad faith or any fraud on the part of such 
person.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights 
of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of 
Organization or Bylaws, as a matter of law or otherwise, or any power that the Company 
may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 

-18-

I-18

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

ARTICLE 18.  SUCCESSORS 

All  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the  Plan  with  respect  to  Awards  granted 
hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such 
successor is the result of a direct or indirect acquisition by purchase, merger, consolidation 
or otherwise, of the Company or all or substantially all of its business or assets. 

ARTICLE 19.  LEGAL CONSTRUCTION 

19.1.  Reservation of Shares.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at 
all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy 
the requirements of the Plan and outstanding Awards granted under the Plan. The inability 
of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which 
authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and 
sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the 
failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been 
obtained. 

19.2.  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any 
masculine  term  used  herein  also  shall  include  the  feminine,  the  plural  shall  include  the 
singular, and the singular shall include the plural. 

19.3.  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or 
invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the 
Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had 
not been included. 

19.4.  Requirements of Law.   

(a) 

The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be 
subject  to  all  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  and  to  such  approvals  by  any 
governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.  Shares shall 
not be issued pursuant to the exercise or receipt of an Award unless the exercise or receipt 
of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply 
with all relevant provisions of applicable law, including, without limitation, the Securities 
Act,  the  Exchange Act,  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  the  so-called 
state “blue sky” or securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which 
the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for 
the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise or receipt of 
an Award,  the  Company  may  require  the  person  exercising  or  receiving  such Award  to 
represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that the Shares are being 
purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such 
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by 
any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law. 

(b) 

In addition to and not in lieu of subsection (a) above, each Award shall be 
subject  to  the  requirement  that  if  at  any  time  the  Committee  shall  determine,  in  its 
discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to the Award 

-19-

I-19

upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state or foreign securities or other law 
or regulation, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary 
or desirable as a condition to or in connection with the granting of such Award or the issue 
or purchase of shares thereunder, no such Award may be exercised or paid in shares of 
Common Stock in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent 
or approval shall have been effected or obtained, and the holder of each such Award will 
supply  the  Company  with  such  certificates,  representations  and  information  as  the 
Company  shall  request  which  are  reasonably  necessary  or  desirable  in  order  for  the 
Company to obtain such required listing, and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company 
in obtaining such required listing. 

19.5.  Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons.  Notwithstanding any other 
provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who 
is  then  subject  to  Section  16  of  the  Exchange  Act,  shall  be  subject  to  any  additional 
limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange 
Act  (including  any  amendment  to  Rule  16b-3  under  the  Exchange  Act)  that  are 
requirements  for  the  application  of  such  exemptive  rule.    To  the  extent  permitted  by 
applicable  law,  the  Plan  and  Awards  granted  or  awarded  hereunder  shall  be  deemed 
amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule. 

19.6.  Code Section 409A Compliance.  The Company, acting through the Board 
or the Committee, intends to comply with Code Section 409A, or an exemption to Code 
Section  409A,  with  regard  to  Awards  hereunder  that  constitute  nonqualified  deferred 
compensation  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  409A,  and  any  ambiguities  in 
construction shall be interpreted in order to effectuate such intent.  To the extent that the 
Board or Committee determines that a Participant would be subject to the additional tax 
imposed  on  certain  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plans  pursuant  to  Code  Section 
409A as a result of any provision of any Award granted under this Plan, such provision 
shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such 
additional tax.  The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Board or the 
Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Affiliate makes 
any  representation  with  respect  to  the  application  of  Code  Section  409A  to  any  Award 
hereunder  and,  by  acceptance  of  any  such  Award,  the  Participant  agrees  to  accept  the 
potential  application  of  Code  Section  409A  to  the  Award  and  any  tax  consequences 
associated  therewith.  In  the  event  that,  after  the  issuance  of  an  Award  under  the  Plan, 
Section 409A  of  the  Code  or  the  regulations  thereunder  are  amended,  or  the  Internal 
Revenue  Service  or  Treasury  Department  issues  additional  guidance  interpreting 
Section 409A of the Code, the Committee (or, in the absence of the Committee, the Board) 
may modify the terms of any such previously issued Award to the extent the Committee 
(or,  in  the  absence  of  the  Committee,  the  Board)  determines  that  such  modification  is 
necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  The Committee 
shall also have the authority to amend and administer the Plan and amend any Award issued 
hereunder in order to assure that such Awards do not provide a deferral of compensation 
that would be subject to Code Section 409A. 

19.7.  Governing Law.  To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and 
all  agreements  entered  into,  actions  taken  and  determinations  made  hereunder,  shall  be 

-20-

I-20

construed  in  accordance  with  and  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Massachusetts, without regard to such jurisdiction’s conflicts of laws principles. 

19.8.  Stockholder  Approval.    The  Plan  shall  have  been  approved  by  the 
stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the Effective Date.   Awards 
may be granted under the Plan at any time prior to the receipt of such stockholder approval, 
provided that each such grant shall be subject to such approval.  Without limitation of the 
foregoing, no Award may be exercised by a Participant, and no share certificates shall be 
issued by the Company, prior to the receipt of such approval.  If the Plan is not approved 
by  July  29,  2011,  then  the  Plan  and  all  Awards  then  outstanding  shall  automatically 
terminate and be of no force or effect. 

(cid:51)
(cid:85)
(cid:82)
(cid:91)
(cid:92)
(cid:3)
(cid:54)

(cid:87)
(cid:68)
(cid:87)
(cid:72)
(cid:80)
(cid:72)
(cid:81)
(cid:87)

-21-

I-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

 U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

(X) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended 

October 1, 2016   

(   ) 

TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from                  to    

Commission File Number 

001-34816 

Technical Communications Corporation 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Massachusetts 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation  
  or organization) 

100 Domino Drive, Concord, MA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

(978) 287-5100 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

04-2295040 

01742-2892 
(Zip code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

  Common Stock, $0.10 par value 
   (Title of each class) 

NASDAQ Capital Market 

(Name of each exchange 
on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Not applicable 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   YES (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  YES(cid:133) 

NO  (cid:59)  

NO   (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  (cid:59)   NO (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if 
any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   YES  (cid:59)  NO(cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained 
herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, 
or  a  smaller  reporting  company.   See  the definitions of  “large  accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer”  and  “smaller  reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer   

   (cid:133) 
   (cid:133) 

     (cid:133) 
Accelerated filer   
Smaller reporting company    (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  YES (cid:133) NO(cid:59)  

Based on the closing price as of April 1, 2016, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by 

non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,044,333. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $ 0.10 per share, outstanding as of December 16, 

2016 was 1,839,877. 

Portions  of  the  Company’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  delivered  to  shareholders  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 13, 2017 are incorporated by reference into Part III of 
this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended October 1, 2016 

Table of Contents 

Business 

Part I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Properties 
Legal Proceedings 

Part II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 8. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Part IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

Signatures  

 1 

9 

14 
14 
14 
14 

15 
16 

16 
24 

24 
24 
24 
25 

26 
26 

26 

26 

26 

27 
28 

29 

F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

This annual report on Form 10-K contains or incorporates by reference not only historical information, but 
also forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
and  Section  21E of  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and  are  subject  to  the  safe harbors 
created by those sections. We refer you to the information under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements." 
As used in this annual report on Form 10-K, references to the "Company," “TCC,” "we," "our" or "us," unless 
the  context  otherwise  requires,  refer  to  Technical  Communications  Corporation  and  our  subsidiaries.  All 
trademarks or trade names referred to in this report are the property of their respective owners. 

Item 1. 

BUSINESS 

PART I 

Technical Communications Corporation was organized in 1961 as a Massachusetts corporation to 
engage  primarily  in  consulting  activities.    Since  the  late  1960s,  the  business  has  consisted  entirely  of  the 
design,  development,  manufacture,  distribution,  marketing  and  sale  of  communications  security  devices, 
systems  and  services.  The  secure  communications  solutions  provided  by  TCC  protect  vital  information 
transmitted over a wide range of data, video, fax and voice networks. TCC’s products have been sold into over 
115  countries  to  governments,  military  agencies,  telecommunications  carriers,  financial  institutions  and 
multinational corporations. The Company’s business consists of one industry segment, which is the design, 
development, manufacture, distribution, marketing and sale of communications security devices, systems and 
services.  

Overview 

The  Company’s  products  consist  of  sophisticated  electronic  devices  that  enable  users  to  transmit 
information in an encrypted format and permit recipients to reconstitute the information in a deciphered format 
if  the  recipient  possesses  the  right  decryption  “key”.    The  Company’s  products  can  be  used  to  protect 
confidentiality in communications between radios, telephones, mobile phones, facsimile machines and data 
network  equipment  over  wires,  fiber  optic  cables,  radio  waves,  and  microwave  and  satellite  links.        The 
principal  markets  for  the  Company’s  products  are  foreign  and  domestic  governmental  agencies,  law 
enforcement and military agencies, financial institutions, and multinational companies requiring protection of 
mission-critical information. 

TCC historically and presently designs and develops its own equipment and software to meet the 
requirements of general secure communications applications, as well as the custom-tailored requirements of 
specific users. A  customer  may  order  equipment  that  is  specially  programmed  to  encrypt  transmissions  in 
accordance  with  a  code  to  which  only  the  customer  has  access.  Management  believes  the  coordinated 
development  of  cryptographic  software  and  associated  hardware  allows  TCC  to  provide  high-strength 
encryption security products with efficient processing and transmission. Both criteria, the Company believes, 
are essential to customer satisfaction.  

TCC manufactures most of its products using third-party vendors for the supply of components and 
selected processing. Final assembly, software loading, testing and quality assurance are performed by TCC at 
its factory. This manufacturing approach allows TCC to competitively procure the components from multiple 
suppliers while maintaining control of the manufacture and performance of the final product.   

TCC’s products are sold worldwide through a variety of channels depending on the country and the 
customer. Generally, TCC does not use stocking distributors because the Company’s products are required to 
be sold under an applicable U.S. government license, which generally requires end-user information. Rather, 
the  Company  sells  directly  to  customers,  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”)  and  value-added 
resellers using its in-house sales force as well as domestic and international representatives, consultants and 
distributors. The marketing and selling approach varies with each country and often involves extensive test 
and  demonstration  activity  prior  to  the  consummation  of  a  sale.  TCC  has  a  network  of  in-country 
representatives and consultants who conduct performance demonstrations, market the products and close the 
sale, and who handle on behalf of TCC many of the ancillary requirements pertaining to importation duties, 
taxes,  registration  fees,  and  product  receipt  and  acceptance.  After-sale,  in-country  support  by  the 
representatives maintains customer satisfaction and provides a liaison for the Company’s customer support 
services. 

Providing  secure  communications  systems  and  services  for  government  and  military  markets 
worldwide remains a principal focus for TCC, as the Company believes continued concerns over security will 
1 

sustain demand for increased protection of both voice and data networks. Our focus in the government market 
also now includes law enforcement special operations customers. Additionally, we see increased interest for 
secure communications in the corporate industrial sector.  The Company is pursuing selected, evolutionary 
upgrades and product derivatives of our government/military products both to provide entry into these new 
markets and meet new requirements of our existing customers. We believe the ability of TCC to custom-tailor 
cryptographic  functions  and  control  systems  to  satisfy  unique  customer  requirements  will  meet  a  growing 
demand as customers become more sophisticated in defining their communications security needs. 

2016 Highlights and Recent Events 

In fiscal 2016, TCC completed delivery of several foreign and domestic contracts for its DSP 9000 
radio encryption product family and services received in fiscal 2015, and provided engineering services under 
contracts  received  in  fiscal  2015  and  fiscal  2016.  The  Company  also  sold  its  10.8%  ownership  stake  in 
PulsedLight,  Inc.,  an  early-stage  start-up  company,  which  resulted  in  a  gain  on  the  sale  of  $462,000. 
Additionally, in early fiscal 2017, the Company received an order valued at approximately $2,373,000 from 
Datron World Communications, Inc. for our military-grade DSP 9000 radio encryption equipment.  Follow-
on orders are expected as part of Datron’s five-year, $495 million Foreign Military Sales Indefinite Delivery 
Indefinite Quantity contract from the US Army Communications Electronic Command.  

Revenue in fiscal 2016 was $2,523,000 with a net loss of $(2,472,000) or $(1.34) per share. Major 
domestic  and  international  contracts  did  not  materialize  during  the  fiscal  year  as  expected  due  to  long 
government  procurement  cycles.  TCC’s  backlog  at  the  end  of  fiscal  2016  was  $313,000,  as  compared  to 
$717,000 at the end of fiscal 2015. However with the order from Datron indicated above, TCC began fiscal 
2017 with a backlog of $2.7 million.  

Offering high-end custom cryptographic services and solutions is an established market niche for the 
Company and we believe an important competitive differentiator. In fiscal 2016, custom TCC equipment and 
services continued to provide recurring revenue opportunities within the Company’s established government 
systems product line, primarily the DSP 9000 radio encryption product family and engineering services. The 
Company  also  has  several  significant  opportunities  it  is  pursuing  for  foreign  government  custom  network 
security systems.  

The  market  for  high-end  communications  security  systems  is  competitive  and  subject  to  long 
government procurement cycles, unpredictable order fulfillment lead times and fluctuating market conditions. 
While TCC has a pipeline of potential contracts and initiatives in development, the timing and outcome of 
these potential contracts is unknown. As such, in fiscal 2016, TCC continued to closely monitor and reduce 
operating expenses as appropriate, while strategically investing in business development efforts.  

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the 
needs of OEMs; product enhancements that include expanded features, planned capability and applications 
growth; and custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. 
Going forward, the Company expects to continue technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our 
systems design and integration capabilities and services offering portfolio.  The following are highlights of 
our product development efforts in fiscal 2016: 

• Development to enhance the ability of the DSD 72B-SP fiber optic network encryption family to
integrate  national  algorithms.  TCC  believes  custom  algorithm  integration  is  a  competitive
differentiator for the Company in foreign markets.
Custom development and feature expansion of our HSE 6000 radio encryption product.
Custom engineering services for government applications.
Production readiness of TCC products.

•
•
•

Escalating turmoil around the world presents both significant opportunities and challenges for TCC.
The threat of terrorism and other political unrest increases the demand for security products that provide both 
strategic  and  tactical  benefits,  and  are  readily  available.  At  the  same  time,  political  disruptions  can  cause 
unpredictable  and  erratic  delays  in  the  processing  of  procurements,  delivery  of  products  and  receipt  of 
payments.  The  combined  effects  present  a  situation  that  challenges  both  our  sales  capture  teams  and  our 
production capabilities. The Company believes these market conditions will provide opportunities to build a 
successful future through its efforts to enlarge and enhance its product line and expand its customer base by 
both identifying new customers for existing and new products and offering such products to current customers. 

2 

F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Products and Services 

Described below is TCC’s portfolio of communications security solutions for mission-critical voice, 

data and video networks for military, government and corporate/industrial applications.  

The Government Systems product line has traditionally been the Company’s core product base and 
typically generates more than 80% of the Company’s revenue. During fiscal 2016 there was a shift in business 
whereby  60%  of  the  Company’s  revenue  was  generated  by  our  engineering  services.  Although  we  expect 
engineering services  to remain  strong  we also  expect  that  sales  of our Government  Systems  products  will 
constitute the majority of our revenue in the future. These products, such as the DSD 72A-SP military bulk 
encryptor, CSD 3324 SE telephone/fax encryptor, and DSP 9000 radio encryptor, have proven to be highly 
durable, which has led to significant repeat business from our government customers. The Company believes 
that these products and their derivatives will continue to be the Company’s most significant source of near 
term future revenues. 

The Company’s Secure Office Systems product line had primarily consisted of products that were 
originally acquired through an asset and rights purchase from a subsidiary of AT&T in 1995. These products 
are no longer being marketed. While one of these products, the CSD4100 secure executive telephone, is still 
available and remains profitable, demand for it has diminished in recent years. We will continue to offer this 
product from existing inventory, which we anticipate will be sufficient for several more years.  

Offering CipherTalk® secure mobile phone communications since 2005, the Company in fiscal 2016 
introduced  its  next-generation  CipherTalk  secure  mobile  IP-based  phone.  The  market  for  high-end  secure 
wireless mobile phones is competitive and product demand continues to develop modestly.  

With the availability of our next-generation IP and SONET/SDH encryptors and ability to integrate 
customer-specific  national  algorithms,  the  Company  believes  that  its  Network  Security  Systems  are 
competitive for a growing niche of mission-critical government and industrial/corporate network applications 
worldwide. TCC is hopeful that future derivatives of its IP encryptor and KEYNET IP Manager system will 
expand the market opportunity for these products.  

The Company also provides customized tools, products and training upon a customer’s request, as 
well  as  design  solutions  for  OEM  requirements.  In  addition,  the  Company  actively  sells  its  engineering 
services in support of funded research and development. These services are typically billed to a customer on 
a  time  and  materials  basis  and  can  run  for  several  months  to  several  years  depending  on  the  scope  of  the 
project. 

Government Systems 

The  Company’s  DSD  72A-SP  Military  Bulk  Ciphering  System  is  a  rugged  military  system  that 
provides a high level of cryptographic security for data networks operating at up to 34 million bits per second.  
The product supports a wide variety of interfaces and is designed to integrate into existing networks.  Reliable 
secure  communication  is  achieved  with  communication  synchronization  methods  built  to  maintain 
connections in error and jamming environments such as radio relay networks, missile systems and microwave 
systems.  

TCC’s  DSD  72A-SP  (STM)  SONET/SDH  network  encryptor  meets  the  environmental  and 
operational requirements for military environments and operates at 155 Mb/s and 622 Mb/s performance. It is 
designed  to  support  customers  with  TCC’s  DSD  72A-SP  system  that  are  transitioning  to  higher  speed 
SONET/SDH networks. 

The Company’s DSP 9000 Radio Security family of products offers strategic-level security for voice 
and data communications sent over HF, VHF and UHF channels.  Designed for military environments, the 
Company  believes  these  products  provide  high  voice  quality  over  poor  line  connections,  making  them  an 
attractive security solution for military aircraft, naval, base station and manpack radio applications.  These 
products provide automated key distribution for security and ease of use.  They are also radio independent 
because software programmable interfaces allow radio interface levels to be changed without configuring the 
hardware.    Base  station,  handset  and  implant  board  configurations  are  available  options.  All  versions 
interoperate with TCC’s HSE 6000 Squad Radio Headset and Telephone Encryptor for cross-network secure 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
voice conferencing. The DSP 9000 base station model also interoperates with the Company’s CSD 3324 SE 
secure telephone system to enable “office-to-field” communications.  

TCC’s HSE 6000 Squad Radio Headset and Telephone Encryptor is designed for public safety special 
operations  land  mobile  radio  applications,  as  well  as  military  applications.  With  the  optional  Telephone 
Interconnect Kit, the HSE 6000 connects to corded handset telephones for secure voice communications and 
radio-to-telephone  conferencing  over  Voice  over  IP,  digital,  and  analog  telephone  networks.  It  is  also 
interoperable with the DSP 9000 radio security product family, enabling secure voice communications and 
cross-network conferencing across and between air, land, sea and office. 

The  Company’s  CSD  3324  SE  Secure  Telephone,  Fax  and  Data  system  provides  strategic-level 
communications security for voice, fax and data encryption in a telephone package designed for government 
applications needing high reliability. The product has a fallback mode, which was originally developed for 
poor HF channels. As a result, secure communications are possible even over poor line conditions. TCC's 
high-level  encryption  and  automated  key  distribution  system  protect  sensitive  information,  and  internal 
storage of 800 keys provides hands-off security. 

The Company’s CSD 3324 SP telephone and fax system provides integrated secure voice and fax 
security  in  a  telephone  package  designed  for government  and  corporate  applications. The  CSD 3324  SPV 
secure telephone secures voice communications over the public switched telephone network and interoperates 
with the CSD 3324 SP system. TCC’s CSD 3324 SPF fax encryptor attaches to fax machines to secure fax 
transmissions and is also compatible with the CSD 3324 SP. 

Network Security Systems 

TCC offers network encryption systems with KEYNET centralized key and device management for 
IP,  SONET/SDH  and  frame  relay  networks  to  secure  data  in  transit  from  local  area  network  to  local  area 
network and across wide area networks. During 2014 the Company introduced KEYNET Lite, a version of 
KEYNET for small networks. The Company supports the industry standard Advanced Encryption Standard 
(“AES”)  256-bit  cryptographic  algorithm  and  can  integrate  customer-specific  national  algorithms  to  meet 
customer-specific needs. All of TCC’s encryption systems are designed to seamlessly overlay onto existing 
networks without requiring infrastructure changes. Network performance impact is negligible and we believe 
the  systems  are  easy  to  deploy,  monitor  and  manage.  Additionally,  the  Cipher  X  family  offers  scalable 
performance  to  higher  speeds  without  changing  hardware.  This  minimizes  the  entry  cost  of  deploying  a 
security solution and provides a cost-effective path to meet evolving business needs. Upgrades are licensed 
and made available on-demand via the KEYNET management system. All performance levels interoperate 
and are designed to have identical functionality. 

Cipher  X  7211  IP  Encryption  with  KEYNET  IP  Manager  provides  strategic-level  secure 
communications  for  large  IP  networks  for  point-to-point  and  multicast  applications  such  as  video 
conferencing.  It  offers  a  unique  combination  of  flexibility,  scalable  1  gigabit  per  second  performance  and 
KEYNET IP Manager for ease of use. The Cipher X 7211 is a hardware-based, FIPS 140-2 Level 3 designed 
encryption device. 

The  DSD  72B-SP  and  DSD  72A-SP  (STM)  encryption  family  with  KEYNET  Optical  Manager 
provides strategic-level path encryption of voice, data and video transmitted over SONET/SDH networks at 
wirespeed 155 Mb/s and 622 Mb/s performance. It comes in rugged industrial and industrial versions to meet 
various environmental and operating requirements. Protocol agnostic, the DSD 72B-SP family interoperates 
with  any  standard  SDH  or  SONET  network  element.  Automated  KEYNET  key  and  device  management 
provides ease of use. The DSD 72B-SP family is interoperable with the DSD 72A-SP (STM) SONET/SDH 
encryptor for military environments. 

Our Cipher X 7100 Frame Relay Encryption with KEYNET key and device management secures 
data transmitted over frame relay networks at up to 2 megabits per second. Encryption based on both the older 
Triple DES standard and AES 256-bit algorithm are available and the same KEYNET system manages both 
system types. This product was designed to enable customers with Triple DES systems to evolve their network 
to the latest AES 256-bit standard. 

Secure Office Systems 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

The Company’s CSD 4100 Executive Secure Telephone offers strategic-level voice and data security 
in  an  executive  telephone  package.    Exceptional  voice  quality  can  be  achieved  with  three  different  voice-
coding algorithms.  The product provides ease-of-use security features such as automated key management, 
authentication, certification and access control. 

The CipherTalk 8500 secure mobile phone is designed to provide military-grade encrypted voice and 
text communications anywhere in the world over GSM and Wi-Fi networks. Introduced in fiscal 2016, the 
CipherTalk 8500 IP-based secure wireless phone is built on a hardened AndroidTM smartphone platform for 
security and ease of use.  

Competition 

The market for communications security devices and systems is highly competitive and characterized 
by rapid technological change. The Company has several competitors, including foreign-based companies, in 
the communications security device field.  The Company believes its principal competitors include Crypto 
AG, Thales Group, Motorola Solutions, Inc., General Dynamics Corporation, Omnisec AG, Cisco Systems, 
Inc., Certes Networks, Inc., Gemalto N.V., Harris Corporation and Silent Circle, Inc. 

The Company competes based on its service, the operational and technical features of its products, 
its  customization  abilities,  its  sales  expertise,  and pricing.   Many  of  TCC’s  competitors have  substantially 
greater financial, technical, sales and marketing, distribution and other resources, greater name recognition 
and longer standing relationships with customers. Competitors with greater financial resources can be more 
aggressive in marketing campaigns, can survive sustained price reductions in order to gain market share and 
can devote greater resources to support existing products and develop new competing products. 

Our competitive position also depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, obtain 
and  maintain  intellectual  property  protection  or  otherwise  develop  proprietary  products  or  processes,  and 
secure sufficient capital resources for product, research and development efforts. 

Sales and Backlog 

In fiscal 2016, the Company had three customers representing 90% of total net sales. These sales 
consisted primarily of our engineering services representing 60% of sales and shipments of our narrowband 
radio  encryptors  to  a  domestic  customer  for  deployment  into  Afghanistan  representing  18%  of  sales  and 
additional sales of our narrowband radio encryptors to a domestic customer for deployment into North Africa 
representing 10% of sales. In fiscal 2015, the Company had three customers representing 81% of total net 
sales. These sales consisted primarily of shipments of our DSD 72A-SP military bulk encryption system to a 
customer in Egypt representing 55% of sales and shipments of our narrowband radio encryptors to a domestic 
customer for deployment into Afghanistan representing 13% of sales. We also had sales of our engineering 
services representing 8% of sales. 

The  Company  sells  directly  to  customers,  original  equipment  manufacturers  and  value-added 
resellers using its in-house sales force as well as domestic and international representatives, consultants and 
distributors.  International  sales  are  made  primarily  through  our  main  office.    We  seldom  have  long-term 
contractual  relationships  with  our  customers  and,  therefore,  generally  have  no  assurance  of  a  continuing 
relationship within a given market. 

Orders for our products are usually placed by customers on an as-needed basis and we typically ship 
products within 30 to 180 days of receipt of a customer's firm purchase order.  Our backlog consists of all 
orders received where the anticipated shipping date is within 12 months of the order date.  Because of the 
possibility  of  customer  changes  in  delivery  schedules  or  the  cancellation  of  orders,  our  backlog  as  of  any 
particular date may not be indicative of sales in any future period. Our backlog as of October 1, 2016 and 
October 3, 2015 was approximately $313,000 and $717,000, respectively. 

The Company expects that sales to a relatively small number of customers will continue to account 
for a high percentage of the Company’s revenues for the foreseeable future.  A reduction in orders from any 
such customer, or the cancellation of any significant order and failure to replace such order with orders from 
other customers, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of 
operations. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Matters 

As a party to a number of contracts with the U.S. government and its agencies, the Company must 
comply  with  extensive  regulations  with  respect  to  bid  proposals  and  billing  practices.    Should  the  U.S. 
government or its agencies conclude that the Company has not adhered to federal regulations, any contracts 
to which the Company is a party could be canceled and the Company could be prohibited from bidding on or 
participating in future contracts. Such a prohibition would have a material adverse effect on the Company.   

All payments to the Company for work performed on contracts with agencies of the U.S. government 
are  subject  to  adjustment  upon  audit  by  the  U.S.  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency,  the  U.S.  Government 
Accountability Office, and other agencies.  The Company could be required to return any payments received 
from  U.S.  government  agencies  if  it  is  found  to  have  violated  federal  regulations.  There  have  been  no 
government  audits  in  recent  years  and  the  Company  believes  the  result  of  such  audits,  should  they  occur, 
would not have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.  In addition, U.S. 
government contracts may be canceled at any time by the government with limited or no notice or penalty.  
Contract  awards  are  also  subject  to  funding  approval  from  the  U.S.  government,  which  involves  political, 
budgetary and other considerations over which the Company has no control. 

The  Company’s  security  products  are  subject  to  export  restrictions  administered  by  the  U.S. 
Department of Commerce and Department of State, which license the export of encryption products, subject 
to certain technical restrictions.  In addition, U.S. export laws prohibit the export of encryption products to a 
number  of  hostile  countries.    Although  to  date  the  Company  has  been  able  to  secure  necessary  U.S. 
government export licenses, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to secure 
such licenses in a timely manner in the future, or at all. 

The U.S. government controls, through a licensing process, the distribution of encryption technology 
and  the  sale  of  encryption  products.  The  procedure  for  obtaining  the  applicable  license  from  either  the 
Department of Commerce or the Department of State (depending on the U.S. government’s determination of 
jurisdiction)  is  well  documented.  The  Company  submits  a  license  request  application,  which  contains 
information pertaining to: the type of equipment being sold; detailed technical description (if required); the 
buyer;  the  end-user  and  use;  quantity;  and  destination  location.  The  appropriate  departments  of  the  U.S. 
government review the application and a licensing decision is provided to the Company. Pursuant to the receipt 
of the license, the Company may ship the product.  

Many of TCC’s products can be sold under existing “blanket” licenses which have been obtained 
through a variant of the licensing process that approves products for sale to certain classes of customers (e.g. 
financial  institutions,  civilian  government  entities  and  commercial  users).  The  Company  has  obtained 
“blanket” licenses for its secure telephone and office system products and its family of network encryptors. 
Licenses for sales of certain other products and/or to certain end users must be submitted for specific approval 
as described above. Although the U.S. government retains the right and ability to restrict product exports, the 
Company does not believe that U.S. government licensing will become more restrictive or an impediment to 
its  business.  The  trend  has  been  for  the  U.S.  government  to  reduce  the  restrictions  on  the  foreign  sale  of 
cryptographic equipment. TCC believes this trend is driven by the government’s recognition of the technology 
available from foreign sources and the need to allow domestic corporations to compete in foreign markets. 
However, should the regulations become more restrictive, it would have a negative impact on the Company’s 
international business, the impact of which could be material. 

The  costs  and  effects  of  compliance  by  the  Company  with  applicable  environmental  laws  during 
fiscal 2016 were, and historically have been, immaterial. In 2003 the European Union adopted the “Restriction 
of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC”. In the event the Company’s sales to Europe increase, the 
Company may have to incur additional costs to provide for the disposal of its products in compliance with that 
directive. 

Manufacturing 

TCC  has  several  manufacturing  subcontractors  and  suppliers  that  provide  outside  processing  of 
electronic  circuit  boards,  fabrication  of  metal  components,  and  supply  of  electronic  components.  For  the 
majority of purchased materials and services, TCC has multiple suppliers that are able to deliver materials and 
services  under  short-term  delivery  purchase  orders.  Payment  is  typically  made  after  delivery,  based  upon 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

standard credit arrangements. For a small minority of parts, there are limited sources of supply. In such cases, 
TCC  monitors  source  availability  and  usually  stocks  for  anticipated  long-term  requirements  to  assure 
manufacturing  continuity. Notwithstanding  the  Company’s  efforts  to  maintain  material  supplies,  shortages 
can  and  do  develop,  resulting  in  delays  in  production,  significant  engineering  development  effort  to  find 
alternative  solutions  and,  if  production  cannot  be  maintained,  the  discontinuation  of  the  affected  product 
design. 

The  Company’s  internal  manufacturing  process  consists  primarily  of  adding  critical  components, 
final assembly, quality control, testing and system burn-in.  Delivery times vary depending on the products 
and options ordered. 

Technological Expertise 

TCC’s  technological  expertise  and  experience,  including  certain  proprietary  rights  which  it  has 
developed and maintains as trade secrets, are crucial to the conduct of the Company’s business.  Management 
is of the opinion that, while patent protection is desirable with respect to certain of its products, none of the 
Company's patents are material to the conduct of its business.  Eight patents have been issued to the Company.  
The Company also has a number of registered and unregistered trademarks for various products, none of which 
are material to the conduct of TCC’s business. 

TCC  has  an  on-going  technology  license  for  communications  protocol  software  used  in  the 
CipherONE family of Network Security System products. The license is royalty-based and runs without a 
specified termination date. The cost of this license is immaterial. 

TCC  has  been  designing  and  producing  secure,  cryptography-based  communications  systems  for 
over 50 years, during which time the Company has developed many technological techniques and practices. 
This  expertise  and  experience  is  in  the  areas  of  cryptographic  algorithm  design  and  implementation,  key 
distribution  and  management  systems,  cryptographic  processors,  voice  and  fax  encryption,  and  electronic 
hardware design. TCC relies on its internal technical expertise and experience, which TCC considers to be 
proprietary.    These  proprietary  technologies  are  owned  by  TCC,  are  under  TCC’s  control,  and  have  been 
documented consistent with standard engineering practices. It is estimated that the majority of sales during 
the past two years and during the next two years will be of products that are based upon TCC-proprietary 
designs.  

Such  technological  experience  and  expertise  are  important  as  they  enable  an  efficient  design  and 
development process. Loss of this experience and expertise would have an adverse impact on the Company. 
However,  TCC’s  practices  governing  the  internal  documentation  of  design  data  mitigate  some  of  the  risk 
associated with the loss of personnel who are skilled in the core competencies described above. 

With the exception of the technology license referred to above, TCC has no material third party rights 
upon which the Company relies. Sales of the products associated with this license have not been and are not 
anticipated to be significant to the Company’s revenues. 

Research and Development 

Research and development efforts are undertaken by the Company primarily on its own initiative.  In 
order  to  compete  successfully,  the  Company  must  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  improve  existing 
products and develop new products.  No assurances can be given that the Company will be able to hire and 
train such technical management and sales personnel or successfully improve and develop its products. 

During the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015, the Company spent $828,000 
and  $2,300,000,  respectively,  on  internal  product  development.  The  Company  also  spent  $1,178,000  and 
$223,000,  on  billable  development  efforts  during  fiscal  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  In  fiscal  2016,  the 
Company’s  total  product development  costs  were  20%  lower  than  fiscal  2015 but  in  line with  its  planned 
commitment to research and development, and reflected the costs of custom development, product capability 
enhancements and production readiness.  It is expected that product development expenses in fiscal 2017 will 
be in line with fiscal 2016 levels.  

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the 
needs of OEMs; product enhancements that include expanded features, planned capability and applications 
growth; and custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. 
Going forward, the Company expects to continue technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our 
7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
systems design and integration capabilities and services offering portfolio.  The following are highlights of 
our product development efforts in fiscal 2016: 

•  Development to enhance the ability of the DSD 72B-SP fiber optic network encryption family to 

integrate national algorithms.  

•  Custom development and feature expansion of our HSE 6000 radio encryption product. 
•  Custom engineering services for government applications. 
•  Production readiness of TCC products. 

Foreign Operations 

The Company’s results of operations are dependent upon its foreign sales, including domestic sales 
shipped to foreign end-users. Although foreign sales were more profitable than domestic sales during fiscal 
years 2016 and 2015 because the mix of products sold abroad included a greater number of products with 
higher profit margins, this does not represent a predictable trend. Sales to foreign markets have been and will 
continue to be affected by, among other things, the stability of foreign governments, foreign and domestic 
economic conditions, export and other governmental regulations, and changes in technology. The Company 
attempts to minimize the financial risks normally associated with foreign sales by utilizing letters of credit 
confirmed by U.S. and foreign banks and by using foreign credit insurance.  Foreign sales contracts are usually 
denominated in U.S. dollars.   

The Company utilizes the services of sales representatives, consultants and distributors in connection 
with foreign sales. Typically, representatives are paid commissions and consultants are paid fixed amounts on 
a stipulated schedule in return for services rendered. Distributors are granted discounted pricing.  

The export from the United States of many of the Company’s products may require the issuance of a 
license  by  the  Department  of  State  under  the  Arms  Export  Control  Act  of  1976,  as  amended,  or  by  the 
Department  of  Commerce  under  the  Export  Administration  Act  as  kept  in  force  by  the  International 
Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977, as amended. The licensing process is discussed in more detail 
under the “Regulatory Matters” section above.  

In fiscal years 2016 and 2015, sales directly to international customers accounted for approximately 
8.4% and 63.1%, respectively, of our net sales.  During those periods a significant portion of domestic sales 
(20% and 34%, respectively) were made to a domestic radio manufacturer that shipped our radio encryption 
products overseas for use in Afghanistan. Based on our historical results we expect that international sales, 
including sales to domestic customers that ship to foreign end-users, will continue to account for a significant 
portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business 
internationally, including: 

changes in regulatory requirements, 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404)  domestic  and  foreign  government  policies,  including  requirements  to  expend  a  portion  of 

program funds locally and governmental industrial cooperation requirements, 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, 

the complexity and necessity of using foreign representatives, consultants and distributors, 
the uncertainty of the ability of foreign customers to finance purchases, 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404)  delays in placing orders, 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404)  uncertainties and restrictions concerning the availability of funding credit or guarantees, 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

imposition of tariffs or embargoes, export controls and other trade restrictions, 
the difficulty of managing and operating an enterprise spanning several countries, 
compliance with a variety of foreign laws, as well as U.S. laws affecting the activities of U.S. 
companies abroad, and 
economic and geopolitical developments and conditions, including international hostilities, acts 
of terrorism and governmental reactions, inflation, trade relationships and military and political 
alliances. 

(cid:404) 

While these factors and their impact are difficult to predict, any one or more of these factors could 

adversely affect our operations in the future. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

We also may not be successful in obtaining the necessary licenses to conduct operations abroad, and 

the U.S. government may prevent proposed sales to foreign governments or other end-users. 

Employees 

As of October 1, 2016, the Company employed 26 full-time employees and two part-time employees, 
as well as several part-time consultants.  The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is 
good. 

Item 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors that affect our business. Such risks could cause our 
actual  results to  differ  materially  from  those  that  are  expressed or  implied  by  forward-looking  statements 
contained herein. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks 
and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important 
factors  that  affect  us.  If  any  of  the  following  risks  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  You  should  also  consider  the  other  information 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  October  1,  2016  and  subsequent 
quarterly reports filed with the SEC. 

Our quarterly operating results typically fluctuate and our future revenues and profitability are uncertain.  

We have experienced significant fluctuations in our quarterly operating results during the last five 
years and anticipate continued substantial fluctuations in our future operating results. A number of factors 
have contributed to these quarterly fluctuations including, but not limited to:  

• foreign political unrest; 
• budgeting cycles of customers, including the U.S. government; 
• introduction and market acceptance of new products and product enhancements by us and our 
competitors; 
• timing and execution of individual contracts; 
• competitive conditions in the communications security industry; 
• changes in general economic conditions; and 
• shortfalls of revenues in relation to expectations that formed the basis for the calculation of fixed 
expenses. 

Our international operations expose us to additional risks.  

The Company is dependent upon its foreign sales (including domestic sales shipped to foreign end-
users) and we expect that sales to foreign end-users will continue to account for a significant portion of our 
revenues for the foreseeable future.  As a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business internationally, 
including imposition of tariffs or embargoes, export controls, trade barriers and trade disputes, regulations 
related to customs and export/import matters, fluctuations in foreign economies and currency exchange rates, 
longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, the complexity and necessity of using 
foreign  representatives,  consultants  and  distributors,  tax  uncertainties  and  unanticipated  tax  costs  due  to 
foreign taxing regimes, the difficulty of managing and operating an enterprise spanning several countries, the 
uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights and differing legal systems generally, compliance with 
a  variety  of  laws,  and  economic  and  geopolitical  developments  and  conditions,  including  international 
hostilities, armed conflicts, acts of terrorism and governmental reactions, inflation, trade relationships, and 
military and political alliances. 

We  also  may  not  be  successful  in  obtaining  the necessary  licenses  to  conduct  operations  abroad, 
including the export of many of the Company’s products, and the U.S. government may prevent proposed 
sales to foreign governments or certain international end-users.  Export restrictions, compliance with which 
imposes  additional  burdens  on  the  Company,  may  further  provide  a  competitive  advantage  to  foreign 
competitors facing less stringent controls on their products and services. 

We continue to focus our efforts in emerging markets, including South America and Southwest Asia.  
In many of these emerging markets, we may be faced with risks that are more significant than if we were to 
do  business  in  developed  countries,  including  undeveloped  legal  systems,  unstable  governments  and 
economies, and potential governmental actions affecting the flow of goods and currency. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We continue to face a number of risks related to current global economic and political conditions that could 
unfavorably impact our business. 

Global economic conditions continue to be challenging for the secure communications markets, as 
many economies and financial markets remain in a recession resulting from a number of factors, including 
adverse credit conditions, low economic growth rates, continuing high rates of unemployment, and reduced 
corporate capital spending. Economic growth in the U.S. and many other countries has remained low and the 
length of time these adverse economic conditions may persist is unknown. In addition, conflicts in the Middle 
East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that have impacted worldwide 
markets.  These  global  economic  and  political  conditions  have  impacted  and  could  continue  to  impact  our 
business in a number of ways, including: 

•  Budgeting and forecasting are difficult: It is difficult to estimate changes in various parts of the 
U.S. and world economy, including the markets in which we participate. Components of our 
budgeting and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of demand for our products, and the 
prevailing economic and political uncertainties make estimating  future income and expenditures 
difficult. 

•  Potential deferment or cancellation of purchases and orders by customers: Uncertainty about 
current and future global economic and political conditions may cause, and in some cases has 
caused,  governments  and  businesses  to  defer  or  cancel  purchases.    If  future  demand  for  our 
products declines due to deteriorating global economic and political conditions, it will negatively 
impact our financial results. 

•  Customers'  inability  to  obtain  financing  to  make  purchases:  Some  of  our  customers  require 
substantial  financing,  including  government  financing,  in  order  to  fund  their  operations  and 
make  purchases  from  us.  The  inability  of  these  customers  to  obtain  sufficient  credit  or  other 
funds to finance purchases and/or meet their payment obligations could have a negative impact 
on our financial results.  

Our future success will depend on our ability to respond to rapid technological changes in the markets in 
which we compete.  

The markets for TCC’s products and services are characterized by rapid technological developments, 
changing  customer  technological  requirements  and  preferences,  frequent  new  product  introductions, 
enhancements and modifications, and evolving industry standards.  Our success will depend in large part on 
our  ability  to  correctly  identify  emerging  technological  trends,  enhance  capabilities,  and  develop  and 
manufacture new technologies and products quickly, in a cost-effective manner, and at competitive prices.  
The development of new and enhanced products is a complex and costly process.  We may need to make 
substantial capital expenditures and incur significant research and development costs to develop and introduce 
such  new  products  and  enhancements.    Our  choices  for  developing  technologies  may  prove  incorrect  if 
customers do not adopt the products we develop or if the technologies ultimately prove to be technically or 
commercially unviable.  Development schedules also may be adversely affected as the result of the discovery 
of  performance  problems.    If  we  fail  to  timely  develop  and  introduce  competitive  new  technologies,  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Existing or new competitors may develop competing or superior technologies. 

The  industry  in  which  the  Company  competes  is  highly  competitive,  and  the  Company  has  several 
domestic and foreign competitors.  Many of these competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, 
sales  and  marketing,  distribution  and  other  resources,  greater  name  recognition  and  longer  standing 
relationships  with  customers.  Competitors  with  greater  financial  resources  can  be  more  aggressive  in 
marketing campaigns, can survive sustained price reductions in order to gain market share, and can devote 
greater resources to support existing products and develop new competing products. Any period of sustained 
price reductions for our products would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations. TCC may not be able to compete successfully in the future and competitive pressures 
may  result  in  price  reductions,  loss  of  market  share  or  otherwise  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  It  is  also  possible  that  competing  products  will 
emerge that may be superior in quality and performance and/or less expensive than those of the Company, or 
that similar technologies may render TCC’s products obsolete or uncompetitive and prevent the Company 
from achieving or sustaining profitable operations.   

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

The operating performance of our products is critical to our business and reputation. 

The sale and use of our products entail a risk of product failure, product liability or other claims.  
Occasionally, some of our products have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product 
or the software used in the product.  Often these issues are discovered prior to shipment and may result in 
shipping delays or even cancellation of orders by customers.  Other times problems are discovered after the 
products have shipped, requiring us to resolve issues in a manner that is timely and least disruptive to our 
customers.    Such  pre-shipment  and  post-shipment  problems  have  ramifications  for  TCC,  including 
cancellation of orders, product returns, increased costs associated with product repair or replacement, and a 
negative impact on our goodwill and reputation. 

Once  our  products  are  in  use,  any  product  failure,  including  software  or  hardware  failure,  which 
causes a breach of security with respect to our customer’s confidential communications could have a material 
adverse effect on TCC.  There is no guarantee of product performance or that our products are adequate to 
protect against all security breaches.  While we attempt to mitigate such risks by maintaining insurance and 
including  warranty  disclaimers  and  liability  limitation  clauses  in  our  arrangements  with  customers,  such 
mitigation measures may not protect us against liability in all instances.  If our products failed for any reason, 
our clients could experience data loss, financial loss, personal and property losses, harm to reputation, and 
significant  business  interruption.    Such  events  may  expose  us  to  substantial  liability,  increased  regulation 
and/or penalties, as well as loss of customer business and a diminished reputation.  Any product liability claims 
and  related  litigation  would  likely  be  time-consuming  and  expensive,  may  not  be  adequately  covered  by 
insurance,  and  may  delay  or  terminate  research  and  development  efforts,  regulatory  approvals  and 
commercialization activities. 

If our products and services do not interoperate with our end-users’ products, orders could be delayed or 
cancelled, which could significantly reduce our revenues.  

Our  products  are  designed  to  interface  with  our  end-users’  existing  products,  each  of  which  has 
different  specifications  and  utilizes  multiple  protocol  standards.  Many  of  our  end-users’  systems  contain 
multiple generations of products that have been added over time as these systems have grown and evolved. 
Our products and services must interoperate with all of these products and services as well as with future 
products and services that might be added to meet our end-users’ requirements. If our products do not interface 
with those within our end-users’ products and systems, orders for our products could be delayed or cancelled, 
which could significantly reduce our revenues. 

Government regulation and legal uncertainties could harm our business.  

As a party to a number of contracts with the U.S. government and its agencies, the Company must 
comply  with  extensive  regulations  with  respect  to  bid  proposals  and  billing  practices.  Should  the  U.S. 
government or its agencies conclude that the Company has not adhered to federal regulations, any contracts 
to which the Company is a party could be canceled and the Company could be prohibited from bidding on or 
participating in future contracts. Moreover, payments to the Company for work performed on contracts with 
agencies of the U.S. government are subject to audit and adjustment. The Company could be required to return 
any payments received from U.S. government agencies if it is found to have violated federal regulations. There 
have been no government audits in recent years and the Company believes the result of such audits, should 
they  occur,  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.  In 
addition, U.S. government contracts may be canceled at any time by the government with limited or no notice 
or penalty. Contract awards are also subject to funding approval from the U.S. government, which involves 
political, budgetary and other considerations over which the Company has no control. 

The  Company’s  security  products  are  subject  to  export  restrictions  administered  by  the  U.S. 
Department of Commerce and Department of State, which license the export of encryption products, subject 
to certain technical restrictions. In addition, U.S. export laws prohibit the export of encryption products to a 
number  of  hostile  countries  and  some  end-users.    Although  to  date  the  Company  has  been  able  to  secure 
necessary U.S. government export licenses, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be 
able to secure such licenses in a timely manner in the future, or at all.  Delays in obtaining necessary approvals 
could be costly in terms of lost sales opportunities and compliance costs.  Should export restrictions increase 
or regulations become more restrictive, or should new laws be enacted, it could have a negative impact on the 
Company’s international business, which impact could be material. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts with the U.S. government may not be fully funded at inception and are subject to termination. 

A  portion  of  our  revenues  has  historically  been  generated  under  agreements  with  the  U.S. 
government.  Any changes or delays in the budget of the U.S. government, and in particular defense spending, 
could affect our business, and funding levels are difficult to predict with any certainty.  Moreover, certain 
multi-year  contracts  are  conditioned  on  the  continuing  availability  of  appropriations.    However,  funds  are 
typically appropriated on a fiscal-year basis, even though contract performance may extend over many years, 
making future sales and revenues under multi-year contracts uncertain.  Changes in appropriations and budgets 
as well as economic conditions generally in subsequent years may impact the funding for these contracts.  In 
addition,  changes  in  funding  and  other  factors  may  lead  to  the  termination  of  such  contracts.    The  U.S. 
government typically has the right to terminate agreements for convenience with little or no penalty.  Adverse 
changes in funding and the termination of government contracts could have a material adverse impact on the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  

If  the  protection  of  our  intellectual  property  is  inadequate,  our  competitors  may  gain  access  to  our 
technologies. 

The Company’s technological expertise and experience, including certain proprietary rights that it 
has developed and maintains as trade secrets, are crucial to the conduct of the Company’s business and its 
ability  to  compete  in  the  marketplace.    Such  technological  expertise  and  experience  are  important  as  they 
enable an efficient design and development process.  Loss of this experience and expertise would have an 
adverse impact on the Company. To protect our proprietary information, we rely primarily on a combination 
of internal procedures, contractual provisions, and patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws.  Such 
internal procedures and contractual provisions may not prove sufficient to maintain the confidentiality and 
proprietary  nature  of  such  information  and  may  not  provide  meaningful  protection  in  the  event  of  any 
unauthorized use or disclosure.  Trade secret and copyright laws afford only limited protection. Current and 
potential  patents  and  trademarks  may  not  provide  us  with  any  competitive  advantage  and  patents  and 
trademarks  must  be  enforced  and  maintained  to  provide  protection,  which  may  prove  costly  and  time-
consuming.  

Despite our efforts to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights, we may not be successful in 
doing so or the steps taken by us may be inadequate to deter unauthorized parties from misappropriating our 
technologies or prevent them from obtaining and using our proprietary information, products and technologies.  
Moreover, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies or design around patents issued 
to us.   

Other parties may have patent rights relating to the same subject matter covered by our products or 
technologies, enabling them to prevent us from operating without obtaining a license and paying royalties.  
Third parties also may challenge our patents or proprietary rights or claim we are infringing on their rights.  
Any claims of infringement or misappropriation, with or without merit, would likely be time-consuming, result 
in costly litigation and diversion of resources, and cause delays in the development and commercialization of 
our  products.    We  may  be  required  to  expend  significant  resources  to  develop  non-infringing  intellectual 
property,  pay  royalties,  or  obtain  licenses  to  the  intellectual  property  that  is  the  subject  of  such  litigation.  
Royalties may be costly and licenses, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, the absence 
of which could seriously harm our business.   

In addition, the laws and enforcement mechanisms of some foreign countries may not offer the same 
level of protection as do the laws of the United States. Legal protections of our rights may be ineffective in 
such  countries,  and  technologies  developed  in  such  countries  may  not  be  protected  in  jurisdictions  where 
protection is ordinarily available.  Our inability to protect our intellectual property both in the United States 
and abroad would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company relies on a small number of customers for a large percentage of its revenues.  

We will be successful only if a significant number of customers adopt our secure communications 
products.  Historically the Company has had a small number of customers representing a large percentage of 
its total sales.  Although the Company endeavors to expand its customer base, we expect that sales to a limited 
number of customers will continue to account for a high percentage of our revenues in any given period for 
the foreseeable future.  This reliance makes us particularly susceptible to factors affecting those customers.  If 
such customers’ business declines and as a result our sales to such customers decline without corresponding 
sales  orders  from  other  customers,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  would  be  adversely 
12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

affected.  It is difficult to predict the rate at which customers will use our products, even in the case of repeat 
customers, and we do not typically have long-term contractual arrangements.  

We may not be able to maintain effective product distribution channels.   

We rely on an in-house sales force as well as domestic and international representatives, consultants 
and distributors for the sale and distribution of our products.  Our sales and marketing organization may be 
unable  to  successfully  compete  against  more  extensive  and  well-funded  operations  of  certain  of  our 
competitors.  In addition, we must manage sales and marketing personnel in numerous countries around the 
world with the concomitant difficulties in maintaining effective communications due to distance, language 
and  cultural  barriers.    Further,  certain  of  our  distributors  may  carry  competing  products  lines,  which  may 
negatively impact our sales revenues.  

Our management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is currently 
not effective.   

Our  management  team,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  conducted  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year.  In the course of that 
assessment, management identified a control deficiency that was also identified in the course of its assessments 
for fiscal years 2008 through 2015.  Specifically, management determined that TCC lacked sufficient staff to 
adequately segregate accounting duties, which could result in a misstatement of financial statement items that 
would not be detected.  Management concluded that such control deficiency constituted a material weakness 
and that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of October 1, 2016.    

Until  we  are  able  to  remediate  the  material  weakness  identified,  such  material  weakness  may 
materially and adversely affect our ability to report accurately our financial condition and results of operations 
in the future in a timely and reliable manner.  In addition, although we review and evaluate our internal control 
systems to allow management to report on the sufficiency of our internal control over financial reporting, we 
cannot assure you that we will not discover additional weaknesses in the future or that any corrective actions 
taken to remediate issues identified during the course of an assessment will be effective.  Any such additional 
weaknesses  or  failure  to  remediate  any  existing  weakness  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition or ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements.   

We rely on single or limited sources for the manufacture and supply of certain product components.  

For  a  small  percentage  of  parts,  we  rely  upon  a  single  or  limited  number  of  manufacturers  and 
suppliers. Moreover, because we depend on third party manufacturers and suppliers, we do not directly control 
product  delivery  schedules  or  product  quality.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  satisfactory 
contractual relations with our manufacturers and suppliers. A significant delay in delivering products to our 
customers,  whether  from  unforeseen  events  such  as  natural  disasters  or  otherwise,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we lose any of the manufacturers or 
suppliers of certain product components, we expect that it would take from three to six months for a new 
manufacturer  or  supplier  to  begin  full-scale  production  of  one  of  our  products.  The  delay  and  expense 
associated  with  qualifying  a  new  manufacturer  or  supplier  and  commencing  production  could  result  in  a 
material loss of revenue and reduced operating margins and harm our relationships with customers. While we 
have  not  experienced  any  significant  supply  problems  or  problems  with  the  quality  of  the  manufacturing 
process of our suppliers and there have been no materially late deliveries of components or parts to date, it is 
possible that in the future we may encounter problems in the manufacturing process or shortages in parts, 
components or other elements vital to the manufacture, production and sale of our products.  

The loss of existing key management and technical personnel and the inability to attract new hires could 
have a detrimental effect on the Company. 

Our  success  depends  on  identifying,  hiring,  training,  and  retaining  qualified  professionals.  
Competition  for  qualified  employees  in  our  industry  is  intense  and  we  expect  this  to  remain  so  for  the 
foreseeable future.  If we were unable to attract and hire a sufficient number of employees, or if a significant 
number of our current employees or any of our senior managers resign, we may be unable to complete or 
maintain existing projects or bid for new projects of similar scope and revenue. The Company’s success is 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
particularly dependent on the retention of existing management and technical personnel, including Carl H. 
Guild, Jr., the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.  Although the Company has entered into an 
employment agreement with Mr. Guild, the loss or unavailability of his services could impede our ability to 
effectively manage our operations.   

We may need to expand our operations and we may not effectively manage any future growth. 

As of December 16, 2016, we employed 25 full-time and two part-time employees as well as several 
part-time consultants.  In the event our products and services obtain greater market acceptance, we may be 
required to expand our management team and hire and train additional technical and skilled personnel.  We 
may need to scale up our operations in order to service our customers, which may strain our resources, and 
we may be unable to manage our growth effectively.  If our systems, procedures, and controls are inadequate 
to  support  our  operations,  growth  could  be  delayed  or  halted,  and  we  could  lose  our  opportunity  to  gain 
significant market share. In order to achieve and manage growth effectively, we must continue to improve and 
expand our operational and financial management capabilities.  Any inability to manage growth effectively 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.   

Item 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

Item 2.  PROPERTIES 

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a new lease for its current facilities. This lease is for 
22,800 square feet located at 100 Domino Drive, Concord, MA. The Company has been a tenant in this space 
since 1983. This is the Company’s only facility and houses all manufacturing, research and development, and 
corporate operations.  The initial term of the lease is for five years through March 31, 2019 at an annual rate 
of $171,000. In addition, the lease contains options to extend the lease for two and one half years through 
September 30, 2021 and another two and one half years through March 31, 2024 at an annual rate of $171,000. 
Rent expense for each of the years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 was $171,000.  

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There are no current legal proceedings as to which TCC or its subsidiary is a party or as to which any 

of their property is subject. 

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

The Company’s common stock, $0.10 par value, trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the 
symbol “TCCO.” The following table presents low and high sales prices for the common stock for the time 
periods specified as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.  

Title of Class 

Quarter Ending 

Common Stock, 
$0.10 par value 

Holders 

10/1/2016 
7/2/2016 
4/2/2016 
1/2/2016 

10/3/2015 
6/27/2015 
3/28/2015 
12/27/2014 

Price 

Low  

High  

$  2.26 
2.36 
2.41 
2.51 

$  2.40 
3.38 
4.00 
3.71 

$  7.75 
2.78 
3.17 
4.50 

$  3.71 
4.49 
5.00 
6.51 

As of December 16, 2016, there were 68 record holders of our Common Stock.  We believe there are 

approximately 1,100 beneficial holders of our stock.  

Dividends 

It is not the Company’s intention to pay dividends unless future profits warrant such actions. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  presents  information  about  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2010 
Equity Incentive Plan and the Technical Communications Corporation 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, 
as  of  the  fiscal  year  ended October 1, 2016.   For  more  information on  these  plans,  see the discussion of the 
Company’s stock option plans and stock-based compensation plans included in Note 2 to the Company’s financial 
statements as of and for the year ended October 1, 2016, included herewith. 

F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future issuance 

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders . . . . .  

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by stockholders . . . . . . 
. 

153,781(1) 

89,900(2) 

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

243,681 

$9.76 

$6.87 

$8.69 

46,219 

- 

46,219 

(1)  Of the 153,781 options outstanding as of October 1, 2016, 127,081 were exercisable as of such date at an 
average exercise price of $9.76 per share. 

(2) Of the 89,900 options outstanding as of October 1, 2016, all were exercisable as of such date at an average 
exercise price of $6.87 per share. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of Unregistered Securities and Purchases by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

There were no sales by the Company of unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock during the 
2016 fiscal year and no purchases of TCC stock by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliated purchaser during 
the fourth fiscal quarter of the 2016 fiscal year. 

Item 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable. 

Item 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be 
read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing 
elsewhere herein. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

The  following  discussion  may  contain  statements  that  are  not  purely  historical.    Such  statements 
contained  herein  or  as  may  otherwise  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  constitute  “forward-looking 
statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking 
statements include but are not limited to statements regarding anticipated operating results, future earnings, 
and  the  ability  to  achieve  growth  and  profitability.    Such  forward-looking  statements  involve  known  and 
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to the effect of foreign political unrest; 
domestic  and  foreign  government  policies  and  economic  conditions;  future  changes  in  export  laws  or 
regulations; changes in technology; the ability to hire, retain and motivate technical, management and sales 
personnel; the risks associated with the technical feasibility and market acceptance of new products; changes 
in  telecommunications  protocols;  the  effects  of  changing  costs,  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates;  and  the 
Company's ability to secure adequate capital resources.  Such risks, uncertainties and other factors could cause 
the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be materially different 
from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  such  forward-looking 
statements.  For a more detailed discussion of the risks facing the Company, see the Company’s filings with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission, including this Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2016 
and the “Risk Factors” section included herein. 

Overview 

TCC  designs,  manufactures,  markets  and  sells  communications  security  equipment  that  utilizes 
various  methods  of  encryption  to  protect  the  information  being  transmitted.  Encryption  is  a  technique  for 
rendering information unintelligible, which information can then be reconstituted if the recipient possesses 
the right decryption “key”. The Company manufactures several standard secure communications products and 
also  provides  custom-designed,  special-purpose  secure  communications  products  for  both  domestic  and 
international customers. The Company’s products consist primarily of voice, data and facsimile encryptors. 
Revenue is generated principally from the sale of these products, which have traditionally been to foreign 
governments either through direct sale, pursuant to a U.S. government contract, or made as a sub-contractor 
to  domestic  corporations  under  contract  with  the  U.S.  government.  We  have  also  sold  these  products  to 
commercial entities and U.S. government agencies. In addition to product sales, we generate revenues from 
contract  engineering  services  performed  for  certain  government  agencies,  both  domestic  and  foreign,  and 
commercial entities.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States.  The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to 
revenue recognition, inventory reserves, receivable reserves, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes, 
fair value and stock-based compensation.  Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on 
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources. By their nature estimates are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and such differences may be material. 

The accounting policies that management believes are most critical to aid in fully understanding and 
evaluating our reported financial results include those listed below. For a more detailed discussion, see Note 
2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included herewith. 

Revenue Recognition 

Product revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed 
or  determinable,  delivery  of  the  product  and  passage  of  title  to  the  customer  has  occurred  and  we  have 
determined that collection of the fee is probable.  Title to the product generally passes upon shipment of the 
product,  as  the  products  are  shipped  freight  on  board  shipping  point,  except  for  certain  foreign  shipments 
where title passes upon entry of the product into the first port in the buyer’s country.  If the product requires 
installation to be performed by TCC, or other acceptance criteria exist, all revenue related to the product is 
deferred and recognized upon completion of the installation or satisfaction of the customer acceptance criteria.  
We provide for a warranty reserve at the time the product revenue is recognized.  

We  perform  funded  research  and  development  and  technology  development  for  commercial 
companies  and  government  agencies  under  both  cost  reimbursement  and  fixed-price  contracts.    Cost 
reimbursement  contracts  provide  for  the  reimbursement  of  allowable  costs  and,  in  some  situations,  the 
payment of a fee.  These contracts may contain incentive clauses providing for increases or decreases in the 
fee  depending  on  how  actual  costs  compare  with  a  budget.    Revenue  from  reimbursement  contracts  is 
recognized  as  services  are  performed.  On  fixed-price  contracts  that  are  expected  to  exceed  one  year  in 
duration, revenue is recognized pursuant to the proportional performance method based upon the proportion 
of  actual  costs  incurred  to  the  total  estimated  costs  for  the  contract.    In  each  type  of  contract,  we  receive 
periodic progress payments  or payments upon reaching interim  milestones, and we retain the rights to the 
intellectual  property  developed  in  government  contracts.    All  payments  to  TCC  for  work  performed  on 
contracts with agencies of the U.S. government are subject to audit and adjustment by the Defense Contract 
Audit Agency.  Adjustments are recognized in the period made. There have been no government audits in 
recent years and the Company believes the result of such audits, should they occur, would not have a material 
adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.  When the current estimates of total contract 
revenue and contract costs for a product development contract indicate a loss, a provision for the entire loss 
on the contract is recorded.  Any losses incurred in performing funded research and development projects are 
recognized as funded research and development expenses. 

Cost of product revenue includes material, labor and overhead.  Costs incurred in connection with 
funded  research  and  development  are  included  in  cost  of  sales.  Product  development  costs  are  charged  to 
billable  engineering  services,  bid  and  proposal  efforts  or  business  development  activities,  as  appropriate. 
Product development costs charged to billable projects are recorded as cost of sales; engineering costs charged 
to  bid  and  proposal  efforts  are  recorded  as  selling  expenses;  and  product  development  costs  charged  to 
business  development  activities  are  recorded  as  marketing  expenses.  Product  development  costs  consist 
primarily  of  costs  associated  with  personnel,  outside  contractor  and  engineering  services,  supplies  and 
materials. 

Inventory 

The Company values its inventory at the lower of actual cost (based on first-in, first-out method) to 
purchase and/or manufacture or the current estimated market value (based on estimated selling prices, less the 
cost to sell) of the inventory.  The Company periodically reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a 
provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, 
as well as historical usage. The Company evaluates the carrying value of inventory on a quarterly basis to 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
determine if the carrying value is recoverable at estimated selling prices. To the extent that estimated selling 
prices are less than the associated carrying values, inventory carrying values are written down. In addition, the 
Company  makes  judgments  as  to  future  demand  requirements  and  compares  those  with  the  current  or 
committed inventory levels.  Reserves are established for inventory levels that exceed future demand. It is 
possible  that  additional  reserves  above  those  already  established  may  be  required  in  the  future  if  market 
conditions for our products should deteriorate. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future.  The estimated allowance for uncollectible amounts is based primarily on a specific analysis of accounts 
in the receivable portfolio and historical write-off experience.  While management believes the allowance to 
be adequate, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their 
ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, which would reduce net income. In addition, 
if the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to TCC, a specific 
write-off is recorded in that amount. 

Accounting for Income Taxes 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to estimate our income taxes in 
each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including those outside the United States, which may subject 
the  Company  to  certain risks  that  ordinarily  would  not be  expected  in  the United  States.    The  income  tax 
accounting  process  involves  estimating  our  actual  current  exposure  together  with  assessing  temporary 
differences  resulting  from  differing  treatments  of  items,  such  as  inventory  obsolescence  and  stock-based 
compensation, for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in the recognition of deferred tax 
assets  and  liabilities.    We  must  then  record  a  valuation  allowance  to  reduce  our  deferred  tax  assets  to  the 
amount that is more likely than not to be realized. 

Significant  management  judgment  is  required  in  determining  our  provision  for  income  taxes,  our 
deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets.  We have 
recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of approximately $4.1 million as of October 
1, 2016 due to uncertainties related to our ability to realize these assets.  The valuation allowance is based on 
our  estimates  of  taxable  income  by  jurisdiction  and  the  period  over  which  our  deferred  tax  assets  will  be 
recoverable.  In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future 
periods, we may need to adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position 
and results of operation. 

Due to the nature of our current operations in foreign countries (selling products into these countries 
with the assistance of local representatives), the Company has not been subject to any foreign taxes in recent 
years and it is not anticipated that we will be subject to foreign taxes in the near future. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We measure compensation expense for all stock-based payments based on the grant date fair value. We 
expense stock-based compensation over the employee’s requisite service period, generally the vesting period 
of the award. 

The choice of a valuation technique to determine fair value, and the approach utilized to develop the 
underlying  assumptions  for  that  technique,  involve  significant  judgments.  These  judgments  reflect 
management’s assessment of the most accurate method of valuing the stock options we issue, based on our 
historical experience, knowledge of current conditions, and beliefs of what could occur in the future given 
available information. Our judgments could change over time as additional information becomes available to 
us, or the facts underlying our assumptions change. Any change in our judgments could have a material effect 
on our financial statements. We believe that our estimates incorporate all relevant information available at the 
time made and represent a reasonable approximation in light of the difficulties involved in valuing non-traded 
stock options.  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Results of Operations 

Year ended October 1, 2016 as compared to year ended October 3, 2015 

Net Sales 

Net sales for the years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 were $2,523,000 and $5,942,000, 
respectively, a decrease of $3,419,000 or 58%.  Sales for fiscal 2016 consisted of $2,312,000, or 92%, from 
domestic sources and $211,000, or 8%, from international customers as compared to fiscal 2015, in which 
sales consisted of $2,192,000, or 37%, from domestic sources and $3,750,000, or 63%, from international 
customers. 

Foreign  sales consisted of  shipments  to  four  different  countries during the  year  ended  October  1, 
2016 and six different countries during the year ended October 3, 2015. A sale is attributed to a foreign country 
based on the location of the contracting party. Domestic revenue may include the sale of products shipped 
through domestic resellers or manufacturers to international destinations. The table below summarizes our 
principal foreign sales by country: 

Saudi Arabia 
Egypt 
Philippines 
Serbia 
Other 

2016 

2015 

$ 104,000 
38,000 
44,000 
25,000 
               - 
$  211,000 

$   101,000 
3,477,000 
5,000 
- 
      167,000 
$ 3,750,000 

For the year ended October 1, 2016, revenue was derived primarily from our engineering services 
amounting  to  $1,504,000  and  shipments  of  our  narrowband  radio  encryptors  to  a  domestic  customer  for 
deployment into Afghanistan amounting to $465,000 and additional sales of our narrowband radio encryptors 
to a domestic customer for deployment into North Africa amounting to $243,000. We also sold our internet 
protocol encryptor to an international customer amounting to $92,000 during our 2016 fiscal year. 

For the year ended October 3, 2015, product sales revenue was derived primarily from shipments of 
our DSD 72A-SP military bulk encryption system to a customer in Egypt amounting to $3,249,000, as well as 
an add-on order by the customer for spare parts amounting to $147,000.  Shipments of our narrowband radio 
encryptors to a domestic customer for deployment into Afghanistan amounted to $744,000 and we recorded 
revenue under two new engineering services contracts amounting to $555,000 during the period. We also sold 
our link encryptor to a domestic contractor for deployment into the Middle East amounting to $432,000. In 
addition, the Company made shipments of our narrowband radio encryptors to supply the secure radio and 
telephone encryption solutions for a domestic prime contractor supporting a government customer in North 
Africa amounting to $116,000. We also sold our internet protocol encryptor to two international customers 
amounting to $190,000 and to a domestic customer in the amount of $30,000 during our 2015 fiscal year. 

Gross Profit 

Gross  profit  for  fiscal  year  2016  was  $509,000,  a  decrease  of  $2,856,000  from  gross  profit  of 
$3,365,000 for fiscal year 2015. Gross profit expressed as a percentage of sales was 20% in fiscal year 2016 
compared  to  57%  in  the  prior  year.    This  decrease  is  primarily  the  result  of  62%  of  annual  income  being 
derived from lower margin engineering services in fiscal 2016. 

Operating Costs and Expenses 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  fiscal  2016  were  $2,671,000,  compared  to 
$2,940,000  for  fiscal  2015.  This  decrease  of  $269,000  was  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  general  and 
administrative expenses of $153,000 and a decrease in selling and marketing expenses of $116,000 during the 
2016 fiscal year. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The decrease in general and administrative costs for the year ended October 1, 2016 was primarily 
attributable  to  decreases  in  personnel-related  costs  of  $140,000  and  legal  fees  and  other  public  company 
expenses  of  $36,000.    These  decreases  were  offset  by  a  decrease  in  bad  debt  recovery  of  $25,000  for  the 
period. 

The decrease in selling and marketing expenses for the year ended October 1, 2016 was primarily 
attributable to decreases in outside consulting costs of $81,000, engineering support of $128,000, sales and 
marketing  agreements  of  $53,000,  personnel-related  costs  of  $14,000  and  travel  costs  of  $9,000.  These 
decreases  were  offset  by  increases  in  product  evaluation  costs  of  $92,000,  product  demonstration  costs  of 
$35,000, bid and proposal efforts of $31,000 and marketing development efforts of $8,000 during the period. 

Product Development Costs 

Product  development  costs  for  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015  were  $828,000  and  $2,300,000, 
respectively. This decrease of $1,472,000, or 64%, was primarily attributable to decreases in personnel-related 
costs  of  $488,000  and  outside  contractor  costs  of  $132,000.  In  addition,  there  were  billable  engineering 
services contracts that resulted in decreased product development costs of $840,000 during the period.  

The Company actively sells its engineering services in support of funded research and development. 
The receipt of these orders is sporadic, although such programs can span over several months. In addition to 
these  programs,  the  Company  invests  in  research  and  development  to  enhance  its  existing  products  or  to 
develop new products, as it deems appropriate. There was $1,504,000 of billable engineering services revenue 
generated during fiscal 2016 and $555,000 of billable engineering services revenue generated during fiscal 
2015. 

Net Loss 

The  Company  generated  a  net  loss  of  $2,472,000  for  fiscal  2016,  as  compared  to  a  net  loss  of 
$1,822,000 for fiscal 2015.  This $650,000, or 36%, increase in net loss is primarily attributable to decreased 
gross profit of $2,856,000, which was partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses of $1,741,000 and 
the gain on sale of a cost method investment of $462,000.  

The effects of inflation and changing costs have not had a significant impact on sales or earnings in 
recent years.   As of October 1, 2016, none of the Company’s monetary assets or liabilities was subject to 
foreign  exchange risks.    The Company  usually  includes  an  inflation factor  in  its  pricing  when  negotiating 
multi-year contracts with customers. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

We  believe  that  our  overall  financial  condition  remains  strong.  Our  cash,  cash  equivalents  and 
marketable securities at October 1, 2016 totaled $3,352,000 and we continue to have no debt. It is anticipated 
that our cash balances and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our near-term research 
and development and marketing activities.  

Cash Requirements  

We  believe  that  the  combination  of  existing  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  highly  liquid  short-term 
investments, together with future cash to be generated by operations, will be sufficient to meet our ongoing 
operating and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future and at least through the end of fiscal 
year 2017. We also believe that, in the long term, an anticipated improvement of business prospects, current 
billable activities and cash from operations will be sufficient to meet the Company’s investment in product 
development, although we can give no assurances. Delays in the timing of significant sales transactions with 
foreign governments, U.S. government agencies and other organizations may have a significant negative effect 
on the Company’s operations. Any increase in development activities - either billable or new product related 
-  will  require  additional  resources,  which  we  may  not  be  able  to  fund  through  cash  from  operations.  The 
Company  has  some  ability  to  mitigate  this  effect  through  cost-cutting  measures.  In  circumstances  where 
resources  will  be  insufficient,  the  Company  will  look  to  other  sources  of  financing,  including  debt  and/or 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

equity  investments;  however,  we  can  provide  no  guarantees  that  we  will  be  successful  in  securing  such 
additional financing. 

Sources and Uses of Cash  

The following table presents our abbreviated cash flows for the years ended October 1, 2016 and 

October 3, 2015:  

Net loss 
Changes not affecting cash 
Changes in assets and liabilities 

Cash used in operating activities 
Cash provided by investing activities 
Cash used in financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period 

2016 

2015 

$ (2,472,000) 
(43,000) 
    1,562,000 

(954,000) 
1,266,000 
                 - 

312,000 
  2,277,000 

$ (1,822,000) 
1,037,000 
  (1,203,000) 

(1,988,000) 
1,403,000 
                - 

(585,000) 
  2,862,000 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of period 

$ 2,589,000 

 $ 2,277,000 

Operating Activities  

The  Company  used  approximately  $1,034,000  less  cash  from  operating  activities  in  fiscal  2016 
compared to fiscal 2015. This decreased use was primarily attributable to lower collections of accounts of $3 
million in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015. This use was offset by a reduction of inventories as a result 
of  a  write-down  associated  with  older  slow  moving  products  of  approximately  $475,000  and  a  general 
reduction in inventory levels of $209,000 in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal year 2015.  

Investing Activities  

Cash provided by investing activities during fiscal 2016 decreased by approximately  $137,000 to 
$1,266,000, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,403,000 during fiscal 2015. This change 
is primarily attributable to the maturity of short-term investments in marketable securities of $300,000 in fiscal 
2016 as compared to $1,718,000 of maturities in fiscal 2015. This was partially offset by the cash proceeds 
from the sale of the Company’s investment in PulsedLight, Inc. of $661,000 and the reduction restricted cash 
of $336,000 in fiscal 2016. 

Financing Activities  

There were no financing activities during either fiscal 2016 or 2015. 

Debt Instruments  

The Company currently maintains no debt instruments. 

Backlog 

Backlog at October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 amounted to $313,000 and $717,000, respectively. 
The orders in backlog at October 1, 2016 are expected to ship over the next six to nine months depending on 
customer requirements and product availability. 

Performance guaranties 

Certain foreign customers require the Company to guarantee bid bonds and performance of products 
sold. These guaranties typically take the form of standby letters of credit. Guaranties are generally required in 
amounts of 5% to 10% of the purchase price and last in duration from three months to one year.  At October 
1, 2016, the Company had three outstanding letters of credit in the amounts of $15,000, $12,000 and $1,000, 
which are secured by collateralized bank accounts totaling $28,000. At October 3, 2015, the Company had 
21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
four outstanding letters of credit in the amounts of $329,000, $16,000, $14,000 and $4,000, totaling $363,000. 
These collateralized bank accounts represent cash which has restrictions on its use. 

Research and Development 

Research and development efforts are undertaken by the Company primarily on its own initiative.  In 
order  to  compete  successfully,  the  Company  must  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  improve  existing 
products and develop new products.  No assurances can be given that the Company will be able to hire and 
train such technical management and sales personnel or successfully improve and develop its products. 

During  the  years  ended  October  1,  2016  and  October  3,  2015,  the  Company  spent  $828,000  and 
$2,300,000, respectively, on internal product development. The Company also spent $1,178,000 and $223,000 
on billable development efforts during fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2016, the Company’s total 
product  development  costs  were  20%  lower  than  fiscal  2015  but  in  line  with  its  planned  commitment  to 
research and development, and reflected the costs of custom development, product capability enhancements 
and production readiness.  It is expected that development expenses in fiscal 2017 will be in line with fiscal 
2016 levels.  

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the 
needs of OEMs; product enhancements that include expanded features, planned capability and applications 
growth; and custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. 
Going forward, the Company expects to continue technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our 
systems design and integration capabilities and services offering portfolio.  The following are highlights of 
our product development efforts in fiscal 2016: 

•  Development to enhance the ability of the DSD 72B-SP fiber optic network encryption family to 
integrate  national  algorithms.  TCC  believes  custom  algorithm  integration  is  a  competitive 
differentiator for the Company in foreign markets. 

•  Custom development and feature expansion of our HSE 6000 radio encryption product. 
•  Custom engineering services for government applications. 
•  Production readiness of TCC products. 

It  is  anticipated  that  cash  from  operations  will  fund  our  near-term  research  and  development  and 
marketing activities through at least the end of our fiscal year 2017. We also believe that, in the long term, 
based on current billable activities, cash from operations will be sufficient to meet the development goals of 
the Company, although we can give no assurances. Any increase in development activities - either billable or 
new product related - will require additional resources, which we may not be able to fund through cash from 
operations. In circumstances where resources will be insufficient, the Company will look to other sources of 
financing, including debt and/or equity investments. 

Capital Expenditures 

Other  than  those  stated  above,  there  are  no  plans  for  significant  internal  product  development  or 

material commitments for capital expenditures in fiscal 2017. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

New Accounting Pronouncements  

ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, amended by ASU 2015-14 (Topic 606), ASU 2016-
10, ASU 2016-11 and ASU 2016-12 

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on the principles 
for  recognizing  revenue  and  to  develop  a  common  revenue  standard  for  U.S.  GAAP  and  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  that  would:  (1)  remove  inconsistencies  and  weaknesses  in  revenue 
requirements, (2) provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, (3) improve comparability 
of revenue recognition practices across entities, industries, jurisdictions, and capital markets, (4) provide more 
useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements, and (5) simplify 
the preparation of financial statements by reducing the number of requirements to which an entity must refer. 
This  guidance  is  effective  prospectively  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017, 
including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period.  Early  adoption  is  not  permitted.  The  Company  is 
currently evaluating the impact of this guidance and is still considering whether it will have a material effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This guidance will become effective for TCC as of the 
beginning of our 2019 fiscal year. 

ASU  2014-15,  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  —  Going  Concern  (Subtopic  205-40):  Disclosure  of 
Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern 

In August 2014,  the  FASB updated  U.S. GAAP  to  eliminate  a  critical  gap  in  existing standards regarding 
disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new guidance clarifies 
the disclosures management must make in the organization’s financial statement footnotes when management 
has substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a “going concern.” The Company is currently evaluating 
the impact of this guidance. The guidance applies to all companies and is effective for the annual reporting 
periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. 

ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income 
Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items 

In connection with the FASB's efforts to simplify accounting standards, in January 2015 the FASB determined 
that  eliminating  the  concept  of  extraordinary  items  from  GAAP  would  reduce  the  cost  and  complexity  of 
applying  U.S.  GAAP,  while  maintaining  or  improving  the  usefulness  of  information  included  in  financial 
statements. The changes required by ASU 2015-01 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2015  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  Early adoption  is permitted  so  long  as  the  guidance  is 
applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of 
this guidance but does not expect its adoption will have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. This guidance will become effective for TCC as of the beginning of our 2017 fiscal year. 

ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance with respect to inventory measurement. This ASU requires inventory 
to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The provisions of this ASU are effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendment 
is required to be applied prospectively, and early adoption is permitted. This amendment is applicable for the 
Company beginning in the first quarter of our 2018 fiscal year and the adoption of this standard is not expected 
to have a material impact on our financial statements. 

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance with respect to leases. This ASU requires entities to recognize 
right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  its  balance  sheet  and  disclose  key  information  about  leasing 
arrangements. This guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback 
transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing 
arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash 
flows arising from leases. This guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 
15,  2018,  including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period,  and  requires  a  modified  retrospective 
adoption, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential impact this standard will 
have on our financial statements and related disclosure. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  employee 
share-based payment transactions for both public and nonpublic entities, including the accounting for income 
taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash 
flows. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim 
periods within those fiscal years. This guidance is applicable for the Company beginning in the first quarter 
of  our  2018  fiscal  year.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  method  of  adoption  and  the  potential  impact  this 
standard will have on our financial statements and related disclosure. 

Other  recent  accounting  pronouncements  were  issued  by  the  FASB  (including  its  Emerging  Issues  Task 
Force),  the  AICPA  and  the  SEC  during  the  2016  and  2015  fiscal  years  but  such  pronouncements  are  not 
believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements. 

Item 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

Item 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and notes thereto listed in the accompanying index to financial statements 

(Item 15) are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.   The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer have reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  Based on that review and evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have 
concluded that the Company’s current disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, are 
effective to ensure that such officers are provided with information relating to the Company required to be 
disclosed in the reports the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act and that such information is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods. 

Management’s  annual  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our  management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in 
Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  1,  2016.    In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, established in 1992. 

A  goal  of  the  assessment  was  to  determine  whether  any  material  weaknesses  or  significant 
deficiencies  existed  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  A  “material 
weakness” is defined as a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in 
more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will 
not be prevented or detected.  A “significant deficiency” is a control deficiency, or a combination of control 
deficiencies, that adversely affects a company’s ability to initiate, authorize, record, process or report external 
financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more 
than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements that is more than 
inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

In the course of its assessment for fiscal year 2016, management identified a control deficiency that 
was also identified during its assessments for the Company’s 2008 through 2015 fiscal years.   During the 
course of the previous years’ evaluations, and again during the evaluation for the 2016 fiscal year, management 
determined that the Company lacked sufficient staff to segregate accounting duties.  Management believes 
this control deficiency is primarily the result of the Company employing, due to its limited size, the equivalent 
of only one and one-half persons performing all accounting-related on-site duties.  As a result, TCC does not 
maintain adequate segregation of duties within its critical financial reporting applications, the related modules 
and financial reporting processes.  This control deficiency could result in a misstatement of our interim or 
annual  consolidated  financial  statements  that  would  not  be  detected.    Accordingly,  management  has 
determined  that  this  control  deficiency  constituted  a  material  weakness,  and  that  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting was not effective, as of October 1, 2016. 

Management has discussed the material weakness and related potential corrective actions with the 
Audit Committee and Board of Directors of the Company and TCC’s independent registered public accounting 
firm.  As part of our 2017 assessment of internal control over financial reporting, our management will test 
and evaluate additional controls implemented, if any, to assess whether they are operating effectively. Our 
goal is to take all actions feasible given our financial condition to remediate any material weaknesses and 
enhance our internal controls, but we cannot guarantee that our efforts, if any, will result in the remediation 
of our material weakness or that new issues will not be exposed in the process. In designing and evaluating 
our internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls, no matter how well 
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that misstatements due to 
error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, with the Company will be 
detected. 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  its  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2016  that  have  materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part III 

Item 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy 
Statement,  under  the  captions  “Members  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  Nominees  and  Executive  Officers,” 
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions; Legal Proceedings,” “Corporate Governance,” and 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” with respect to our 2017 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end 
of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year. 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  which  applies  to  all  of  its 
employees,  officers  and  directors.    A  copy  of  this  code  can  be  found  on  the  Company’s  website  at 
www.tccsecure.com/investors.aspx. 

Item 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy 
Statement, under the captions “Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” with respect to 
our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later 
than 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year. 

Item 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to Part II, Item 5 herein 
under  the  caption  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information”  and  by  reference  to  our  Definitive  Proxy 
Statement,  under  the  caption  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,”  with 
respect to our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year. 

Item 13. 

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy 
Statement, under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions; Legal Proceedings” and 
“Corporate  Governance”  with  respect  to  our  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year. 

Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to our Definitive Proxy 
Statement,  under  the  caption  Proposal  V  –  Ratification  of  Selection  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm with respect to our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s 2016 fiscal year. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Item 15.  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

 (1)  Financial Statements  The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto are filed 

as part of Part II, Item 8 of this report: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of 
October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended 
October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 
October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the  
Years Ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 (2)  List of Exhibits 

Page 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34-48 

3.1 

3.2  

4 

Articles of Organization of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual 
Report  for  2005  on  Form  10-KSB,  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
December 21, 2005) 
By-laws  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 1998) 
Rights Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  7, 2014, by  and between  the  Company  and American 
Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2014) 

10.1+  Employment Agreement, effective November 19, 1998, with Carl H. Guild, Jr. (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Annual Report for 1998 on Form 10-K, as amended, filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 1998) 

10.2+  Employment Agreement, effective February 12, 2001, with Michael P. Malone (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Form 10-QSB filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on May 15, 2001) 

10.6 

10.5+ 

10.4+ 

10.3+  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Carl  H.  Guild  Jr.,  as  of 
November 8, 2001 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-QSB filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2002) 
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration 
Statement on Form S-8, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 1996) 
2001 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-8, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 28, 2001) 
Standard Form Commercial Lease, dated March 27, 2014, between the Company and Batstone 
LLC (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on April 2, 2014) 
Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2012, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on December 22, 2014) 
Security Agreement, dated February 22, 2012, between the Company and Bank of America, 
N.A. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on December 22, 2014) 
2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-
QSB filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2005.) 

10.9+ 

10.8 

10.7 

10.10+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 

10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2010.) 

10.11  Contract with U.S. Army Contracting Command, dated May 2, 2013, contract No. W15P7T-13-
C-D519 (Confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  a  request  for  confidential  treatment.) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2013.) 

10.12  Purchase  Order  from  Datron  World  Communications  dated  October  8,  2013  (Confidential 
portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission  pursuant  to  a  request  for  confidential  treatment.)  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on December 19, 2013.) 

10.13  Contract with the Egyptian Armament Authority with an effective date of November 25, 2014 
(Confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.) (incorporated by 
reference  to  the  Company’s  10-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
December 22, 2014) 

14 

10.14*  Purchase Order from Datron World Communications originally received on October 13, 2016 
and updated on December 15, 2016 (Confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and 
filed  separately  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  a  request  for 
confidential treatment.) 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Annual 
Report  for  2003  on  Form  10-KSB,  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
December 22, 2004.) 
List of Subsidiaries of the Company 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

21* 
23* 
31.1*  Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 

2002 

31.2*  Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 

32* 

2002 
Certifications of Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 
1350 

101.INS  XBRL Report Instance Document 
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE  XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

Footnotes: 
*  Attached to this filing 
+  Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

Item 16.  

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

Not applicable. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

By:  /s/ Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
  Chief Executive Officer and President 

Chairman of the Board, Director 

Date:           December 23, 2016 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

  /s/ Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
  Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

  Chief Executive Officer and President 
Chairman of the Board, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

December 23, 2016 

  /s/ Michael P. Malone 
  Michael P. Malone 

  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial  
and Accounting Officer) 

December 23, 2016 

  /s/ Mitchell B. Briskin 
  Mitchell B. Briskin 

  /s/ Thomas E. Peoples 
  Thomas E. Peoples 

  /s/ Francisco F. Blanco 
  Francisco F. Blanco 

Director 

December 23, 2016 

Director 

December 23, 2016 

Director 

December 23, 2016 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

ASSETS 

 Current assets: 
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Restricted cash 
   Marketable securities: 
        Held to maturity securities 
   Accounts receivable - trade  
   Inventories, net    
   Other current assets 
                  Total current assets 

   Marketable securities: 
        Held to maturity securities 

2016 

2015 

 $  2,589,036
27,592

 $  2,276,511
363,358

362,170
111,849
1,643,922
214,047
4,948,616

307,673
1,790,856
1,850,885
132,792
6,722,075

373,668

761,842

 Equipment and leasehold improvements 
      Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
                  Equipment and leasehold improvements, net 

4,531,264
     (4,382,335)
148,929

4,480,343
     (4,223,497)
256,846

   Cost method investment 

-

275,000

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

 Current liabilities: 
   Accounts payable 
   Accrued liabilities: 
        Compensation and related expenses 
        Customer deposits 
        Other current liabilities 
        Income taxes payable 
               Total current liabilities 

 Commitments and contingencies (Note 11) 

 Stockholders' equity 
   Common stock - par value $0.10 per share;  
      7,000,000 shares authorized, 1,839,877 issued 
       and outstanding at October 1, 2016 and 
       October 3, 2015 
   Additional paid-in capital 
   Retained earnings 
                Total stockholders' equity 

 $  5,471,213

 $  8,015,763

   $       119,087

     $       179,584

238,144
118,983
80,635
-
556,849

244,290
41,220
136,810
41,117
643,021

183,988
4,124,006
606,370
4,914,364

183,988
4,110,096
3,078,658
7,372,742

 $ 5,471,213

 $ 8,015,763

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
               Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 
     Selling, general and administrative 
     Product development 
                Total operating expenses 

2016 

2015 

 $   2,522,934
      2,013,653
      509,281

 $   5,942,160
      2,577,131
      3,365,029

2,670,622
      827,987
      3,498,609 

2,940,147
      2,299,671
      5,239,818

                Operating loss 

(2,989,328)

(1,874,789)

Other income 
    Gain on sale of cost method investment 
    Investment income 
         Total other income 

462,283
11,293
473,576

-
18,263
18,263

Loss before benefit for income taxes 

(2,515,752)

(1,856,526)

Benefit for income taxes 

(43,464)

(34,625)

Net loss 

 $ (2,472,288)

 $ (1,821,901)

Net loss per common share 
    Basic 
    Diluted 

Weighted average shares 
    Basic 
    Diluted 

         $   (1.34)
         $   (1.34)

         $   (0.99)
         $   (0.99)

      1,839,877
      1,839,877

      1,839,327
      1,839,327

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Operating activities: 
 Net loss  
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss 
  to cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 
   Depreciation and amortization 
   Stock-based compensation 
   Adjustments to reduce inventory to net realizable value  
   Bad debt recovery 
   Amortization of premium on held to maturity securities  
   Unrealized loss on available for sale securities 
   Gain on sale of cost method investment 

 Changes in current assets and current liabilities: 
   Accounts receivable 
   Inventories 
   Other current assets 
   Customer deposits 
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

2016 

2015 

$    (2,472,288) 

$    (1,821,901)

158,838 
13,910 
212,753 
- 
33,677 
- 
(462,283) 

1,679,007 
(25,711) 
(5,438) 
77,763 
(163,935) 

199,251
124,918
687,843
(25,000)
51,739
(3,598)
-

(1,362,717)
182,585
77,587
(128,723)
30,196

   Cash used in operating activities 

(953,707) 

(1,987,820)

Investing activities: 
 Additions to equipment and leasehold improvements 
 Decrease (increase) in restricted cash 
 Purchase of cost method investment 
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities 
Proceeds from sale of cost method investment 

(31,000) 
335,766 
- 
300,000 
661,466 

(25,957)
(14,663)
(275,000)
1,718,409 
- 

   Cash provided by investing activities 

1,266,232 

1,402,789

   Net increase (decrease)  in cash and cash equivalents 
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

312,525 
2,276,511 

(585,031)
2,861,542

   Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

$ 2,589,036 

$ 2,276,511

Supplemental disclosures: 

   Escrow deposit held on sale of cost method investment 
   Transfer of inventory to equipment and leasehold 

improvements 
   Income taxes paid 

$     75,817 

$              -

19,920 
         1,856 

 -
982

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

32 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity 
Years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 

Stockholders' Equity 

 Shares of common stock: 
      Beginning balance 
      Cashless exercise of stock options 
            Ending balance 

 Common stock at par value: 
      Beginning balance 
      Cashless exercise of stock options 
            Ending balance 

 Additional paid-in capital: 
      Beginning balance 
      Cashless exercise of stock options 
      Stock-based compensation 
             Ending balance 

2016 

2015 

1,839,877
-
1,839,877

1,838,921 
956 
1,839,877 

$          183,988 $          183,892 
96 
183,988 

-
183,988

$       4,110,096 $       3,986,996 
(1,818) 
124,918 
4,110,096 

-
13,910
4,124,006

  Other comprehensive income (loss): 

      Beginning balance 
      Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities
              Ending balance 

-
-
-

(3,598) 
3,598 
- 

Retained earnings: 
      Beginning balance 
      Net loss 
             Ending balance 

$       3,078,658 $       4,900,559 
(1,821,901) 
3,078,658 

(2,472,288)
606,370

 Total stockholders’ equity 

$     4,914,364

$     7,372,742 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1)  Company Operations 

Technical  Communications  Corporation  (“TCC”)  was  incorporated  in  Massachusetts  in  1961;  its 
wholly-owned subsidiary, TCC Investment Corp., was organized in that jurisdiction in 1982. Technical 
Communications  Corporation  and  TCC  Investment  Corp.  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the 
“Company”.  The  Company’s  business  consists  of  only  one  industry  segment,  which  is  the  design, 
development,  manufacture,  distribution,  marketing  and  sale  of  communications  security  devices, 
systems and services.  The secure communications solutions provided by TCC protect vital information 
transmitted over a wide range of data, video, fax and voice networks. TCC’s products have been sold 
into over 115 countries and are in service with governments, military agencies, telecommunications 
carriers, financial institutions and multinational corporations.  

The Company’s revenues have historically included significant transactions with foreign governments, 
U.S.  government  agencies  and  other  organizations.  The  Company  expects  this  to  continue  for  the 
foreseeable future.  The extent and timing of these transactions has in the past and will in the future 
have a significant impact on the cash flow and the earnings of the Company. Delays in the timing of 
significant  expected  sales  transactions  would  have  a  significant  negative  effect  on  the  Company’s 
operations. The Company has some ability to mitigate this effect through cost-cutting measures. The 
Company has incurred losses of approximately $8.4 million and negative cash flow from operations of 
approximately $4.5 million during the past five years, though we believe we will have sufficient cash 
resources for operations through at least the end of fiscal year 2017. 

(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

We follow accounting standards set by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, commonly referred 
to as the FASB. The FASB sets generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) that we follow to 
ensure we consistently report our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. References 
to GAAP issued by the FASB in these footnotes are to the FASB Accounting Standards CodificationTM, 
sometimes referred to as the Codification or ASC.  

Principles of Consolidation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  TCC  and  its  wholly-
owned subsidiary, TCC Investment Corp., a Massachusetts corporation.  All significant intercompany 
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the  United  States  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.  
Significant judgments and estimates include those related to revenue recognition, receivable reserves, 
inventory  reserves,  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  income  taxes,  fair  value  and  stock-based 
compensation.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits at banks and other investments (including mutual 
funds) readily convertible into cash.  Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market 
value.  At October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015, the Company had restrictions on the use of cash which 
was  used  as  collateral  to  secure  outstanding  letters  of  credit  totaling  $27,592  and  $363,358, 
respectively. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future.  The estimated allowance for uncollectible amounts is based primarily on a specific analysis of 
accounts in the receivable portfolio and historical write-off experience. When the financial condition 
of our customers deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional 
allowances are recorded. In addition, if the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet 
its financial obligations to TCC, a specific write-off is recorded in that amount. 

Inventories 

The Company values its inventory at the lower of actual cost (based on first-in, first-out method) to 
purchase and/or manufacture or the current estimated market value (based on estimated selling prices, 
less the cost to sell) of the inventory.  The Company periodically reviews inventory quantities on hand 
and records a provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast 
of product demand, as well as historical usage. The Company evaluates the carrying value of inventory 
on a quarterly basis to determine if the carrying value is recoverable at estimated selling prices. To the 
extent  that  estimated  selling  prices  are  less  than  the  associated  carrying  values,  inventory  carrying 
values are written down. In addition, the Company makes judgments as to future demand requirements 
and  compares  those  with  the  current  or  committed  inventory  levels.    Reserves  are  established  for 
inventory levels that exceed future demand. It is possible that additional reserves above those already 
established  may  be  required  in  the  future  if  market  conditions  for  the  Company’s  products  should 
deteriorate. 

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 

Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost.  Depreciation and amortization are computed 
using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the applicable 
lease  term.    When  assets  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and  related  accumulated 
depreciation  and  amortization  are  removed  from  the  accounts,  and  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is 
recognized in operations for the period.  The costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to operations 
as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.  

Long-lived Assets 

The Company’s only long-lived assets are equipment and leasehold improvements. Long-lived assets 
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. These events include a significant decrease in the market 
price of a long-lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived 
asset is being used or in its physical condition, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the 
business  climate  that  could  affect  the  value  of  a  long-lived  asset,  including  an  adverse  action  or 
assessment by a regulator, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally 
expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset, a current-period operating or cash 
flow  loss  combined  with  a  history  of  operating  or  cash  flow  losses,  or  a  projection  or  forecast  that 
demonstrates  continuing  losses  associated  with  the  use  of  a  long-lived  asset,  among  other  items. 
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the 
asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by such asset. If the 
carrying  amount  of  the  asset  exceeds  its  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows,  an  impairment 
charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. 
Although an indicator of impairment of our long-lived assets did exist at October 1, 2016 and October 
3,  2015,  we  determined  that  no  impairment  charge  was  required  as  an  estimate  of  our  future 
undiscounted cash flows was sufficient to recover the assets.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes product revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the 
fee is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product and passage of title to the customer has occurred 
and the Company has determined that collection of the fee is probable.  Title to the product generally 
passes upon shipment of the product, as the products are shipped freight on board shipping point, except 
for  certain  foreign  shipments  where  title  passes  upon  entry  of  the  product  into  the  first  port  in  the 
buyer’s country.  If the product requires installation to be performed by TCC or other acceptance criteria 
exist, all revenue related to the product is deferred and recognized upon completion of the installation 
or satisfaction of the customer acceptance criteria.  The Company provides for a warranty reserve at 
the time the product revenue is recognized.  

The Company performs funded research and development and technology development for commercial 
companies and government agencies under both cost reimbursement and fixed-price contracts.  Cost 
reimbursement contracts provide for the reimbursement of allowable costs and, in some situations, the 
payment of a fee.  These contracts may contain incentive clauses providing for increases or decreases 
in the fee depending on how actual costs compare with a budget.   

Revenue  from  reimbursement  contracts  is  recognized  as  services  are  performed.  On  fixed-price 
contracts  that  are  expected  to  exceed  one  year  in  duration,  revenue  is  recognized  pursuant  to  the 
proportional  performance  method  based  upon  the  proportion  of  actual  costs  incurred  to  the  total 
estimated  costs  for  the  contract.    In  each  type  of  contract,  the  Company  receives  periodic  progress 
payments  or  payments  upon  reaching  interim  milestones.    All  payments  to  the  Company  for  work 
performed on contracts with agencies of the U.S. government are subject to audit and adjustment by 
the Defense Contract Audit Agency. Adjustments are recognized in the period made. There have been 
no audits in recent years and the Company believes the result of such audits, should they occur, would 
not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.      If  the  current 
estimates of total contract revenue and contract costs for a product development contract indicate a loss, 
a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded.  Any losses incurred in performing funded 
research and development projects are recognized as funded research and development expenses. 

Cost  of  product  revenue  includes  material,  labor  and  overhead.    Costs  incurred  in  connection  with 
funded research and development are included in cost of sales. Product development costs are charged 
to  billable  engineering  services,  bid  and  proposal  efforts  or  business  development  activities,  as 
appropriate.  Product  development  costs  charged  to  billable  projects  are  recorded  as  cost  of  sales; 
engineering costs charged to bid and proposal efforts are recorded as selling expenses; and product 
development  costs  charged  to  business  development  activities  are  recorded  as  marketing  expenses. 
Product development costs consist primarily of costs associated with personnel, outside contractor and 
engineering services, supplies and materials. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the calculated fair value of the 
award. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period, generally the vesting 
period of the award. The related excess tax benefit received upon the exercise of stock options, if any, 
is reflected in the Company’s statement of cash flows as a financing activity rather than an operating 
activity. There were no excess tax benefits for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 
2015. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the method for determining the estimated 
fair value of its stock awards. The Black-Scholes method of valuation requires several assumptions: (1) 
the expected term of the stock award, (2) the expected future stock price volatility over the expected 
term, (3) a risk-free interest rate and (4) the expected dividend rate. The expected term represents the 
expected  period  of  time  the  Company  believes  the  options  will  be  outstanding  based  on  historical 
information. Estimates of expected future stock price volatility are based on the historic volatility of 
the Company’s common stock and the risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury Note rate. 
The Company utilizes a forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual experience. The forfeiture rate 
is not material to the calculation of stock-based compensation.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated with the following assumptions: 

Assumptions: 
Option life 
Risk-free interest rate 
Stock volatility 
Dividend yield 

  October 1, 2016

  October 3, 2015 

6.5 years 
1.4% 
60% 
0% 

6.5 years   
1.8%   
57%   
0%   

There were 14,000 options granted during each of the years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 
2015. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended October 1, 
2016 and October 3, 2015 was $1.67 and $2.27, respectively. The following table summarizes stock-
based  compensation  costs  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the 
years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015: 

Cost of sales 
Selling, general and administrative 
Product development 
Total stock-based compensation expense before taxes 

2016 
$            - 
11,549 
    2,361 
$  13,910 

2015 

$    12,849 
43,231 
    68,838 
$  124,918 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested options as of October 1, 2016 and changes during 
the year ended October 1, 2016, is presented below: 

Nonvested options at October 3, 2015 
Grants 
Vested 
Cancellations/forfeitures 
Nonvested options at October 1, 2016 

Shares 
  18,060 
14,000 
(4,640) 
  (720) 
  26,700 

Weighted 
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value
$ 2.68 
1.67 
5.89 
3.52 
$ 2.02 

As  of  October  1,  2016,  there  was  $47,412  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  options 
outstanding. The unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as the options vest. The weighted 
average  period  over  which  the  stock-based  compensation  cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  is  3.95 
years. 

The Technical Communications Corporation 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan and 2010 Equity 
Incentive  Plan  were  outstanding  at  October  1,  2016.  There  were  an  aggregate  of  400,000  shares 
authorized  for  issuance  under  these  plans,  of  which  options  to  purchase  243,681  shares  were 
outstanding  at October  1, 2016. Vesting periods  are  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board of Directors  and 
typically range between zero and five years. Options under these plans are granted with an exercise 
price equal to fair market value at time of grant and have a term of ten years from the date of grant. 

As of October 1, 2016, there were 46,219 shares available for grant under the 2010 Equity Incentive 
Plan. On May 5, 2015 the 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan expired and options are no longer 
available for grant under such plan. 

37 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The following tables summarize stock option activity during fiscal years 2015 and 2016:  

Options Outstanding 

Number of Shares  Weighted Average Weighted Average 
Unvested  Vested  Total  Exercise Price  Contractual Life 

Outstanding, September 27, 2014     32,739  236,746  269,485 

$  8.74 

5.46 years 

Grants 
Vested 
Exercises 
Cancellations/forfeitures 

14,000 
(24,296) 
- 

14,000 
- 
- 
24,296 
(5,288) 
(5,288) 
 (4,383)   (18,833)  (23,216) 

4.05 
11.38 
3.00 
9.92 

Outstanding, October 3, 2015 

   18,060  236,921  254,981 

$  8.49 

4.83 years 

Grants 
Vested 
Exercises 
Cancellations/forfeitures 

14,000 
(4,640) 
- 

14,000 
- 
- 
 (720)   (24,580)  (25,300) 

- 
4,640 
- 

2.90 
5.89 
- 
3.46 

Outstanding, October 1, 2016 

   26,700  216,981  243,681 

$  8.69 

4.57 years 

Information related to the stock options vested or expected to vest as of October 1, 2016 is as follows: 

Range of  
Exercise Prices 
$2.01 - $3.00 
$3.01 - $4.00 
$4.01 - $5.00 
$5.01 - $10.00 
$10.01 - $15.00 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual
Life (years) 
9.36 
0.37 
5.90 
3.90 
3.99 
4.57 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price
$   2.90 
4.00 
4.54 
7.56 
11.41 
$   8.69 

Exercisable 
Number of 
Shares 

- 
2,500 
30,200 
  60,500 
   123,781 
 216,981 

Exercisable 
Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price 
$         - 
4.00 
4.71 
7.59 
11.41 
$   9.33 

Number of
Shares 
14,000 
2,500 
42,000 
  61,400 
 123,781 
  243,681 

The aggregate intrinsic value of the Company’s “in-the-money” outstanding and exercisable options 
was $0 as of October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015. There were no stock options exercised during the 
year ended October 1, 2016. There were 5,288 options exercised during the year ended October 3, 2015 
with  a  total  intrinsic  value  of  $5,605.    Nonvested  common  stock  options  are  subject  to  the  risk  of 
forfeiture until the fulfillment of specified conditions. 

Income Taxes 

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset/liability  method.  Under  the  asset/liability 
method, deferred income taxes are recognized at current income tax rates to reflect the tax effect of 
temporary differences between the consolidated financial reporting basis and tax basis of assets and 
liabilities. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to 
their estimated realizable value. 

The  Company  follows  the  appropriate  guidance  relative  to  uncertain  tax  positions.  This  standard 
provides  detailed  guidance  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of 
uncertain  tax  positions  recognized  in  the  financial  statements.  Uncertain  tax  positions  must  meet  a 
recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the 
financial statements. There were no uncertain tax positions for fiscal year 2016. For fiscal year 2015 
the Company had $45,631 of uncertain tax positions, which expired in fiscal year 2016 as the statute of 
limitation was surpassed. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  record  estimated  interest  and  penalties  related  to  the  underpayment  of 
income taxes as a component of its income tax provision.  For each of the years ended October 1, 2016 
and October 3, 2015 the Company recorded $1,100 in interest and tax penalties. 

Warranty Costs 

The Company provides for estimated warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized based in 
part upon historical experience. 

Fair Value of Financial Measurements 

In determining fair value measurements, the Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC 820, Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosures. FASB ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for 
measuring fair value under GAAP, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. The topic 
provides a consistent definition of fair value which focuses on an exit price, which is the price that 
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date.  The topic also prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, 
the  use  of  market-based  information  over  entity-specific  information  and  establishes  a  three-level 
hierarchy for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or 
liability as of the measurement date. The three level hierarchy is as follows: 

Level 1 -  Pricing inputs are quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities as of the measurement date. 

Level 2 -    Pricing inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, or inputs that are 
observable,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for  substantially  the  full  term  through 
corroboration with observable market data. 

Level 3 -  Pricing  inputs  are  unobservable  for  the  assets  and  liabilities,  that  is,  inputs  that 
reflect  the  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  market 
participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value 
hierarchy.  In  such  cases,  an  asset  or  liability’s  level  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  is  based  on  the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of 
the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, 
and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. 

The Company’s held to maturity securities are comprised of investments in municipal bonds. These 
securities  represent  ownership  in  individual  bonds  in  municipalities  within  the  United  States.  The 
Company also holds mutual funds held in the form of money market funds held by a brokerage account, 
which are classified as cash equivalents. 

The fair value of these investments is based on quoted prices from recognized pricing services (e.g. 
Standard & Poor’s, Bloomberg, etc.), or in the case of mutual funds, at their closing published net asset 
value. 

The Company assesses the levels of the investments at each measurement date, and transfers between 
levels are recognized on the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer 
in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy regarding the recognition of transfers between 
levels of the fair value hierarchy.  During the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015, 
there were no transfers between levels. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the assets measured at fair value 
on  a  recurring  basis  as  of  October  1,  2016  and  October  3,  2015,  in  accordance  with  the  fair  value 
hierarchy as defined above. As of October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015, the Company did not hold any 
assets classified as Level 2 or Level 3. 

October 3, 2015 

Cash Equivalents 
Mutual funds: 
Money market funds 
      Total mutual funds 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

 Significant Other  
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

$  1,385,201 
  1,385,201 

 $  1,385,201 
   1,385,201 

                 - 
                 - 

           Total assets 

$ 1,385,201 

$ 1,385,201 

$               - 

October 1, 2016 

Cash Equivalents 
Mutual funds: 
Money market funds 
      Total mutual funds 

$   978,746 
   978,746 

$   978,746 
   978,746 

                 - 
                 - 

           Total assets 

$ 978,746 

$ 978,746 

$               - 

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at October 1, 2016 and 
October 3, 2015. 

Earnings per Share (EPS) 

The Company presents both a “basic” and a “diluted” EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net loss 
by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  period.      In 
computing  diluted  EPS,  stock  options  that  are  dilutive  (those  that  reduce  earnings  per  share)  are 
included in the calculation of EPS using the treasury stock method.   The exercise of outstanding stock 
options is not included if the result would be antidilutive, such as when a net loss is reported for the 
period or the option exercise price is greater than the average market price for the period presented. 

Research and Development 

Research  and development  costs  are  included  in product development  expenses  in our  consolidated 
statements of operations. Expenditures for Company-sponsored research and development projects are 
expensed as incurred, and were $827,987 and $2,299,671 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Customer-
sponsored research and development projects performed under contracts are accounted for as contract 
costs  as  the  work  is  performed  and  included  in  cost  of  sales;  such  amounts  were  $1,177,734  and 
$222,569 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Fiscal Year-End Policy 

The  Company’s  by-laws  call  for  its  fiscal  year  to  end  on  the  Saturday  closest  to  the  last  day  of 
September, unless otherwise decided by its Board of Directors. The 2016 fiscal year ended on October 
1, 2016 and included 52 weeks. The 2015 fiscal year ended on October 3, 2015 and included 53 weeks.  

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

New Accounting Pronouncements  

ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, amended by ASU 2015-14 (Topic 606), ASU 
2016-10, ASU 2016-11 and ASU 2016-12 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  and  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  guidance  on  the 
principles  for recognizing revenue  and  to develop  a  common  revenue  standard for U.S.  GAAP  and 
International Financial Reporting Standards that would: (1) remove inconsistencies and weaknesses in 
revenue requirements, (2) provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, (3) improve 
comparability  of  revenue  recognition  practices  across  entities,  industries,  jurisdictions,  and  capital 
markets,  (4)  provide  more  useful  information  to  users  of  financial  statements  through  improved 
disclosure  requirements,  and  (5)  simplify  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  by  reducing  the 
number  of  requirements  to  which  an  entity  must  refer.  This  guidance  is  effective  prospectively  for 
annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  that 
reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of 
this  guidance  and  is  still  considering  whether  it  will  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. This guidance will become effective for TCC as of the beginning of 
our 2019 fiscal year. 

ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure 
of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern 

In  August  2014,  the  FASB  updated  U.S.  GAAP  to  eliminate  a  critical  gap  in  existing  standards 
regarding disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The new 
guidance  clarifies  the  disclosures  management  must  make  in  the  organization’s  financial  statement 
footnotes when management has substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a “going concern.” 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance. The guidance applies to all companies 
and is effective for the annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim 
periods within that reporting period. 

ASU 2015-01, Income Statement—Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying 
Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items 

In  connection with  the  FASB's  efforts  to  simplify  accounting  standards,  in  January 2015  the FASB 
determined that eliminating the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP would reduce the cost and 
complexity  of  applying  U.S.  GAAP,  while  maintaining  or  improving  the  usefulness  of  information 
included in financial statements. The changes required by ASU 2015-01 are effective for fiscal years 
beginning  after  December 15, 2015  and  interim  periods within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted so long as the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The 
Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance but does not expect its adoption will have 
any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This guidance will become effective 
for TCC as of the beginning of our 2017 fiscal year. 

ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance with respect to inventory measurement. This ASU requires 
inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The provisions of this ASU are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those 
fiscal years. The amendment is required to be applied prospectively, and early adoption is permitted. 
This amendment is applicable for the Company beginning in the first quarter of our 2018 fiscal year 
and the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  with  respect  to  leases.  This  ASU  requires  entities  to 
recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information  
about leasing arrangements. This guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and 
sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative 
information  about  leasing  arrangements  to  enable  a  user  of  the  financial  statements  to  assess  the 
amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. This guidance is effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting 
period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We are currently 
evaluating  the  potential  impact  this  standard  will  have  on  our  financial  statements  and  related 
disclosure. 

ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for 
employee  share-based  payment  transactions  for  both  public  and  nonpublic  entities,  including  the 
accounting  for  income  taxes,  forfeitures,  and  statutory  tax  withholding  requirements,  as  well  as 
classification in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning 
after  December  15,  2016,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  is 
applicable for the Company beginning in the first quarter of our 2018 fiscal year. We are currently 
evaluating the method of adoption and the potential impact this standard will have on our financial 
statements and related disclosure. 

Other recent accounting pronouncements were issued by the FASB (including its Emerging Issues Task 
Force), the AICPA and the SEC during the 2016 and 2015 fiscal years but such pronouncements are 
not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s present or future financial 
statements. 

(3)  Net Loss Per Share 

Outstanding potentially dilutive stock options which were not included in the net loss per share amounts as 
their effect would have been anti-dilutive were as follows: 243,681 shares in fiscal year 2016 and 254,981 
shares in fiscal year 2015. 

(4)  Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be 
cash equivalents. Substantially all cash equivalents are invested in money market mutual funds. Money market 
mutual  funds  held  in  a  brokerage  account  are  considered  available  for  sale.  The  Company  accounts  for 
marketable  securities  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  320,  Investments—Debt  and  Equity  Securities.  All 
marketable securities must be classified as one of the following: held to maturity, available for sale, or trading. 
The Company classifies its marketable securities as either available for sale or held to maturity.  

Available for sale  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  holding gains  and  losses reported  in 
stockholders’  equity  as  a  separate  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Held  to 
maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. The cost of securities sold is determined based on the specific 
identification method. Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be other than temporary, are 
included in investment income.   

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

As of October 1, 2016, available for sale securities consisted of the following: 

Cost 

Accrued 
Interest 

Gross Unrealized 
Losses 
Gains 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Money market mutual funds 

$ 978,746 

$          - 

$         -  $          - 

$ 978,746 

As of October 1, 2016, held to maturity securities consisted of the following: 

Cost 

Accrued  Amortization  Amortized  Unrealized  Estimated 
Gains  Fair Value 
Interest    Bond Premium  

Cost 

Municipal bonds 

$ 823,730  $11,569 

 $ 99,461 

$ 735,838 

$ 2,503 

$ 738,341 

As of October 3, 2015, available for sale securities consisted of the following: 

Cost 

Accrued 
Interest 

Gross Unrealized 
Losses 
Gains 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Money market mutual funds 

$ 1,385,201 

$          - 

$         -  $          - 

$ 1,385,201 

As of October 3, 2015, held to maturity securities consisted of the following: 

Cost 

Accrued  Amortization  Amortized  Unrealized  Estimated 
Gains  Fair Value 
Interest    Bond Premium  

Cost 

Municipal bonds 

$ 1,166,857  $14,367 

 $ 111,709 

$ 1,069,515 

$ 9,210  $ 1,078,725 

The contractual maturities of held to maturity investments as of October 1, 2016 were as follows:  

Within 1 year 
After 1 year through 5 years 

Cost 
$    411,364 
   412,366 
$ 823,730 

Amortized Cost 
$    362,170 
    373,668 
$ 735,838 

The Company’s available for sale securities were included in the cash and cash equivalents caption in the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

(5)  Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following: 

Finished goods 
Work in process 
Raw materials and supplies 
Total inventories 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

$       19,167 
360,738 
   1,264,017   
$  1,643,922 

$        8,015 
662,575 
   1,180,295 
$  1,850,885 

As a result of changes in the market for certain Company products and the resulting excess quantities, carrying 
amounts for those inventories were reduced by approximately $213,000 and $667,000, during the years ended 
October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015, respectively. Management believes that these reductions properly reflect 
inventory at lower of cost or market, and no additional losses will be incurred upon disposition of the excess 
quantities. While it is at least reasonably possible that the estimate will change materially in the near term, no 
estimate can be made of the range of additional loss that is at least possible. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

(6)  Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following: 

October 1, 
2016 

October 3, 
2015 

Estimated 
Useful Life 

Engineering and manufacturing equipment 
Demonstration equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Automobile 
Leasehold improvements 

$  2,124,486 
841,966 
1,020,862 
49,441 
             494,509 

$  2,093,485 
828,306 
1,014,602 
49,441 
             494,509 

Total equipment and 
   leasehold improvements 
Less accumulated depreciation and 

amortization 

4,531,264 

4,480,343 

  (4,382,335) 

  (4,223,497) 

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net 

$       148,929 

$       256,846 

3-8 years 
3 years 
3-8 years 
5 years 

Lesser of useful life 
or term of lease 

Depreciation expense was $158,838 and $199,251 for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 
2015, respectively. 

(7)  Leases 

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a new lease for its current facilities. This lease is for 22,800 
square feet located at 100 Domino Drive, Concord, MA. The Company has been a tenant in this space since 
1983.  This  is  the  Company’s  only  facility  and  houses  all  manufacturing,  research  and  development,  and 
corporate operations.  The initial term of the lease is for five years through March 31, 2019 at an annual rate 
of $171,000. Future minimum lease payments under the remainder of this lease total $427,500 at October 1, 
2016. In addition the lease contains options to extend the lease for two and one half years through September 
30, 2021 and another two and one half years through March 31, 2024 at an annual rate of $171,000. Rent 
expense for each of the years ended October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 was $171,000. 

(8)  Guarantees 

The Company's products generally carry a standard 15 month warranty. The Company sets aside a reserve 
based  on  anticipated  warranty  claims  at  the  time  product  revenue  is  recognized.  Factors  that  affect  the 
Company's product warranty liability include the number of installed units, the anticipated cost of warranty 
repairs and historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims. 

The following table reflects changes in the Company's accrued warranty account:  

Beginning balance 
Plus: accruals related to new sales 
Less: payments and adjustments to prior period accruals 

$   30,483 
 4,530 
(28,413) 

$   41,532 
26,426 
(37,475) 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

Ending balance 

$   6,600 

$   30,483 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

(9)  Income Taxes 

The benefit for income taxes consists of the following: 

Current: 

Federal 
State 
Total current taxes 

October 1, 2016

October 3, 2015 

$   (44,376)
         912
   (43,464)

$    (35,537) 
           912 
   (34,625) 

Total benefit for income taxes 

$ (43,464) 

$  (34,625) 

The benefit for income taxes are different from those that would be obtained by applying the statutory federal 
income tax rate to loss before income taxes due to the following: 

October 1, 2016 
Amount  Percent 

October 3, 2015 
Amount  Percent 

Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate 
State income tax provision, net of federal benefit 
Change in state effective rate 
Stock compensation  
Prior year true-up 
Uncertain tax positions 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

1,208 

$ (855,356)  (34.0%) 
(126,318)  (5.0%) 
(127,485)  (5.0%) 
0.1% 
(3,737)  (0.2%) 
(44,376)  (1.8%) 
0.1% 
  1,110,269    44.1% 

2,331 

$ (631,219)  (34.0%) 
(29,977)  (1.6%) 
(42,538)  (2.3%) 
1.8% 
2.3% 
(35,198)  (1.9%) 
0.7% 
 33.1% 

12,939 
 614,860 

33,912 
42,596 

Total benefit for income taxes 

$ (43,464)  (1.7%) 

$ (34,625)  (1.9%) 

Deferred income taxes consist of the following: 

Inventory differences 
Net operating losses 
Stock based compensation 
Tax credits 
Other 
Total 
Less:  valuation allowance 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

$   1,497,123 
1,973,189 
213,506 
186,180 
      240,359 
4,110,357 
  (4,110,357) 

$

1,301,847
1,110,378 
219,454 
148,893 
       219,516 
3,000,088 
  (3,000,088) 

Total 

$                 - 

$                 -                 

During fiscal year 2016 the change in the valuation allowance was $1,110,269 and related primarily to the net 
operating  loss  and  inventory  differences.  During  fiscal  year  2014  the  Company  established  a  valuation 
allowance against deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is related to uncertainty with respect to the 
Company’s  ability  to  realize  its  deferred  tax  assets.  Deferred  tax  assets  consist  of  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards, tax credits, inventory differences and other temporary differences.  During fiscal year 2015 the 
change in the valuation allowance was $614,860 and related primarily to the net operating loss and inventory 
differences.  

Due  to  the  nature  of  the  Company’s  current  operations  in  foreign  countries  (selling  products  into  these 
countries with the assistance of local representatives), the Company has not been subject to any foreign taxes 
in recent years. Also, it is not anticipated that the Company will be subject to foreign taxes in the near future. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in the states of Massachusetts and 
New  Hampshire.  For  U.S.  federal  purposes,  the  tax  years  2013  through  2015  and  for  state  purposes  2012 
through 2015 remain open to examination. In addition, the amount of the Company’s federal and state net 
operating loss carryforwards utilized in prior periods may be subject to examination and adjustment.  The 
Company has federal research credits of $128,080 available through fiscal year 2034 and net operating loss 
carryforwards of $5,164,740 available through fiscal year 2036. In addition, the Company has Massachusetts 
research  credits  of  $97,708  available  through  fiscal  year  2028  and  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of 
$4,475,077 available through fiscal year 2036.  

The table below details the changes in uncertain tax positions, which if recognized would favorably impact 
our effective tax rate: 

Balance at October 3, 2015 
Addition related to prior year positions 
Reduction in uncertain tax positions, arising from lapses 
     in statutes of limitation  

Balance at October 1, 2016 

$ 45,631 
     1,100 

 (46,731) 

$           - 

The  additions  to  the  Company’s  total  uncertain  tax  positions  relates  to  accrued  interest  and  penalties  on 
research credits taken on a prior year state tax return. 

(10)  Employee Benefit Plans 

The  Company  has  a qualified,  contributory, profit  sharing  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees.   The 
Company’s policy is to fund contributions as they are accrued.  The contributions are allocated based on the 
employee’s  proportionate  share  of  total  compensation.  The  Company’s  contributions  to  the  plan  are 
determined by the Board of Directors and are subject to other specified limitations. There were no Company 
profit sharing contributions during fiscal years 2016 or 2015. The Company's matching contributions were 
$76,821 and $89,924 in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Company has an Executive Incentive Bonus Plan for the benefit of key management employees.  The 
bonus pool is determined based on the Company’s performance as defined by the plan. Under the plan, there 
were no bonuses accrued for executives at October 1, 2016 and October 3, 2015 or paid for those fiscal years.  

(11)   Commitments and contingencies 

At October 1, 2016, the Company had three outstanding letters of credit in the amounts of $14,662, $11,730 
and  $1,200,  which  are  secured  by  collateralized  bank  accounts  totaling  $27,592.  At  October  3,  2015,  the 
Company had four outstanding letters of credit in the amounts of $328,732, $16,364, $14,662 and $3,600, 
which are secured by collateralized bank accounts totaling $363,358. 

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts and money market mutual 
funds that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company currently holds marketable securities 
consisting of municipal bonds. The municipal bonds are considered investment grade but may be subject to 
the issuing entities’ default on interest or principal repayments. The Company has not experienced any losses 
in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash, cash equivalents or 
marketable securities.  

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

(12)  Major Customers and Export Sales 

In fiscal year 2016, the Company had three customers representing 90% (62%, 18% and 10%) of total net 
sales and at October 1, 2016 had two customers representing 100% (99% and 1%) of accounts receivable. In 
fiscal year 2015, the Company had three customers representing 81% (58%, 12% and 11%) of total net sales 
and at October 3, 2015 had two customers representing 100% (89% and 11%) of accounts receivable. 

A breakdown of net sales is as follows: 

Domestic 
Foreign 

Total Sales 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

$ 2,311,877 
     211,057 

$ 2,192,660 
  3,749,500 

$ 2,522,934 

$ 5,942,160 

A summary of foreign sales, as a percentage of total foreign revenue, by geographic area, is as follows: 

Europe 
Mid-East and Africa 
Far East 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

11.7% 
67.6% 
20.7% 

- 
95.5% 
4.5% 

The Company sold products to four different countries during the year ended October 1, 2016 and six different 
countries during the year ended October 3, 2015. A sale is attributed to a foreign country based on the location 
of the contracting party. Domestic revenue may include the sale of products shipped through domestic resellers 
or manufacturers to international destinations. The table below summarizes our foreign revenues by country 
as a percentage of total foreign revenue. 

Saudi Arabia 
Philippines 
Egypt 
Serbia 
Other 

(13)  Shareholder Rights Plan 

October 1, 2016 

October 3, 2015 

  49.4% 
20.7% 
18.2% 
11.7% 
- 

2.7% 
0.1% 
92.7% 
- 
4.5% 

On August 7, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan to replace the 
Company's former plan, which had expired on August 5, 2014.  The new plan is substantially similar to the 
former  plan,  and  was  not  adopted  in  response  to  any  specific  takeover  threat.   In  adopting  the  plan,  the 
Board declared  a  dividend  distribution  of  one  common  stock  purchase  right  for  each  outstanding  share  of 
common stock of the Company, payable to stockholders of record at the close of business on August 18, 2014. 
Until the rights become exercisable, which occurs with certain exceptions when a person or affiliated group 
acquires 15% or  more of  TCC's  common  stock,  they will trade  automatically  with  the common  stock  and 
separate rights certificates will not be issued.  Each right, once exercisable, will entitle the holder (other than 
rights owned by the acquiring person or group) to buy one share of the common stock at a price of $25 per 
share, subject to certain adjustments.  The rights can generally be redeemed by the Company at $.001 per right 
at any time prior to the close of business on the 10th business day after there has been a public announcement 
of  the  acquisition  of  beneficial  ownership  by  any  person  or  group  of  15%  or  more  of  the  company’s 
outstanding common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The rights will expire on August 6, 2024 unless 
earlier redeemed. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

(14)  Cost Method Investment 

On October 30, 2014, the Company made an investment of $275,000 to purchase 11,000 shares of common 
stock  of  PulsedLight,  Inc.,  an  early  stage  start-up  company  located  in  Bend,  Oregon.  Our  investment 
represented a 10.8% ownership stake in the company at the time of purchase and was accounted for utilizing 
the cost method of accounting. On January 12, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its shares 
in  PulsedLight.    The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  after  closing  costs  and  certain  liabilities  amounted  to 
$737,283, of which the Company received $661,466 at closing and of which $75,817 was deposited in an 
escrow account in accordance with the terms of the sale that required 10% of the proceeds to be held in escrow 
for  one  year.  The  escrow  balance  as  of  October  1,  2016  is  included  in  other  current  assets  within  the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
F
o
r
m
1
0
K

-

(cid:1)

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Technical Communications Corporation: 
Concord, Massachusetts 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Technical Communications Corporation 
and  subsidiary  (the  “Company”)  as  of October 1, 2016 and  October  3,  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements  of  operations,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These 
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company 
is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. 
Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Technical Communications Corporation and subsidiary as of October 1, 2016 and 
October 3, 2015 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

/s/ Moody, Famiglietti & Andronico, LLP 
Tewksbury, Massachusetts 
December 23, 2016 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 
AS OF DECEMBER 2016 

OFFICERS 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer 

Michael P. Malone 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Treasurer 

David A. White, Esquire 
Secretary 
Partner, White, White & Van Etten PC 

DIRECTORS 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer, TCC 

Mitchell B. Briskin 
Consultant 

Francisco F. Blanco 
President and CEO of The Pola Group, LLC 

Thomas E. Peoples 
President of International Executive Counselors, LLC 

INDEPENDENT REGISTEED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  
Moody, Famiglietti & Andronico, LLP 
Tewksbury, Massachusetts 

GENERAL COUNSEL 
White, White & Van Etten PC 
Cambridge, Massachusetts 

ANNUAL STOCKHOLDERS MEETING 
This year’s annual meeting will be held Monday, February 13, 2017 
at  10:00  a.m.  at  TCC’s  facilities  in  Concord,  Massachusetts.  The 
shareholder record date is December 16, 2016. 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
The  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market, 
NASDAQ Symbol: TCCO. 

10-K REPORT 
A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2016, 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  may  be 
obtained upon written request to the Company. 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, New York 10038 

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Technical Communications Corporation 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, MA 01742 
(978) 287-5100 

The discussion in this Annual Report and Form 10-K may contain statements that are not purely historical.  Such statements contained herein or as 
may  otherwise  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include but are not limited to statements regarding anticipated operating results, future earnings, and 
the ability to achieve growth and profitability.  Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, 
including but not limited to the effect of foreign political unrest; domestic and foreign government policies and economic conditions; future changes in 
export  laws  or  regulations;  changes  in  technology;  the  ability  to  hire,  retain  and  motivate  technical,  management  and  sales  personnel;  the  risks 
associated  with  the  technical  feasibility  and  market  acceptance  of  new  products;  changes  in  telecommunications  protocols;  the  effects  of  changing 
costs,  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates;  and  the  Company's  ability  to  secure  adequate  capital  resources.    Such  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors 
could  cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, or  industry  results, to be materially different from  any future  results, 
performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  such  forward-looking  statements.    For  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  risks  facing  the 
Company, see the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including this Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 
2016 and the “Risk Factors” section included herein. 

Technical Communications Corporation 
100 Domino Drive • Concord, MA 01742-2892, U.S.A. 
Telephone: 978-287-5100 • Fax: 978-371-1280 • tccinfo@tccsecure.com • www.tccsecure.com